Home

2016 Nissan Altima Sedan

1. 2 17 8 24 Parking brake operation 5 18 Self adjusting brakes 8 24 Br ak fluidi r scis a iio Ree Ed 8 16 Brakes adn mud dne ODE oe ceu a 8 24 Brake system 22 ee eee 5 73 Break in schedule 5 70 Brightness contrast button 4 9 Brightness control Instrument panel ills 2 36 Bulb check instrument panel 2 10 Bulb replacement isses 8 31 c Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Cargonet o ia cand he RR Ra 2 45 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 13 Car phone orCBradio 4 79 CD care andcleaning 4 72 CD player See audio system 4 37 4 41 4 46 4 52 4 59 Check tire pressure 2 2 27 Child restraints 1 19 1 20 1 22 1 24 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 1 24 Precautions on child restraints 1 22 1 28 1 34 1 39 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 26 Child safety rear doorlock 3 6 Chimes audible reminders 2 17 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 7 4 Clock models without navigation system 4 36 Clockset so on e e 4 36 Clock setting models with Navigation System 4 7 Clock setting models without Navigation System llus 4 36 4 40 4 45 4 50 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Cold weather driving iss 5 83 Compact disc CD
2. ss 8 34 Wheel tire size anaa 9 9 Tire press res orm nd 8 34 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 6 3 Towing Flat TOWING se 1 se Ce enm tn 9 17 Trailer towing llle 9 17 Towing a trailer lees 9 17 Towing your vehicle s 6 11 6 12 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver Transmission Continuously Variable Transmission CVT PMs 2s 5s A eek est Su Sk ein By eee Sah 8 15 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT Transmission shift lever lock release Travel See registering a vehicle in another Troubleshooting guide NISSAN voice recognition Trunk access through the rear seat Trunk lid lock opener lever Turn signal switch Uniform tire quality grading Audio file operation Variable voltage control system Vehicle dimensions and weights Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch Vehicle dynamic control VDC system Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Vehicle identification Vehicle identification number VIN Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number Vehicle identification number VIN plate Vehicle immobilizer system Vehicle loading information Vehicle recovery eene 6 13 Vehicle security system ss 2 29 Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobi lizer System engine start 2 30 5 11 Ventilators i i ok RR REX Se dexums 4 16
3. 00 0 cece eee 3 32 Fuel fillerdoot oii epe REE i 3 33 Opener operation 0 esee 3 33 Fuel filler Cap rm cea eee Rx rna 3 33 Steering wheel 0 0 cece e eee eee eee 3 35 Tilt operation secede eat olarak kk Seve bene dey eae 3 36 Telescopic operation 2 seem 3 36 IET f EE 3 36 Vanity millfOIS arre eher Eth Ren tits 3 37 Mercer 3 37 Manual anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped 6 eee eects 3 37 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped 2 cece eters 3 37 OUE MINOS coc ews CE ee oxi 3 39 KEYS Eier LPD2076 Type A if so equipped 1 Intelligent Keys two sets 2 Mechanical key 3 Key number plate one plate NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intel ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System components Never leave these keys in the vehicle As many as four Intelligent Keys can be regis tered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD2260 Type B if so equipped use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys tha
4. Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key system s operat ing range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 33 ft 10 m of the vehicle HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions
5. LPD2117 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the unlock position 2 the door can be opened from the outside or the inside When the lever is in the LOCK position 1 the door can be opened only from the out side NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY WITH DOOR AND TRUNK REQUEST SWITCHES AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communi cation systems Do not operate the In telligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unin tentionally when the unit is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key can operate all the door locks using the remote control function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key ACAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operatin
6. Rear The rear center cup holders are located in the rear fold down armrest A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident LIC2296 Soft bottle holder Soft bottle holder A CAUTION Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers LIC1226 CARGO NET if so equipped A WARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo area from moving around while the vehicle is in motion Instruments and controls 2 45 LIC3185 To install a cargo net attach the net to the retain ers To remove a cargo net detach the net from the retainers 2 46 Instruments and controls WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AWARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows To help avoid risk
7. WRS0166 FOLDING REAR SEAT Interior trunk access The trunk can be accessed from the driver side and passenger side of the rear seat for loading and unloading as shown Move the front passenger seat to the most forward position Open the access cover on the rear parcel shelf Push down on the button 1 on the rear parcel shelf Fold down the passenger s side seatback A WARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury or death in an accident or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car key
8. When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the doors or the trunk are open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged A CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 WPD0359 Locking doors 1 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion Close all doors Press the button on the Intelligent Key The hazard indicator lights flash twice and the horn beeps once All doors will be locked A CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles a a WPD0360 Unlocking doors i Press the Press the a Key button on the Intelligent The hazard warning lights flash once A button again within 60 sec onds to unlock all doors and trunk NOTE The unlocking operation can be changed in Selective door unlock in the Vehicle Set tings of the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle in formation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within one minute after pressing the fj button
9. Driving can t text Call me On my way Running late Okay Yes No Where are you When Custom Messages To send one of the custom messages say Custom Messages If more than one cus tom message is stored the system will prompt for the number of the desired cus tom message For additional information on setting and managing custom text mes sages refer to Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 Press the C4 wheel button on the steering 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Read Text after the tone The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch to scroll through all text messages if more than one are available Press the button to exit the text message screen Press the A button to access the following options for replying to the text message Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Send Text Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message Read Text Speak this command to read the text mes sage again Previous Text Speak this command to move to the previ ous text message if available NextText Speak this command to move to the next text message if available Siri amp Eyes Free if so equipped If a c
10. Opening any doors Pushing the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light Switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display For additional informa tion refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Opening windows if so equipped The Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneously open windows equipped with automatic opera tion To open the windows press the a but ton on the Intelligent Key longer than 3 seconds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the button on the Intelligent Key The door windows cannot be closed by using the Intelligent Key WPD0364 Releasing the trunk lid Press the es button for longer than 0 5 sec onds to open the trunk lid The trunk release button will not operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the trunk cancel switch if so equipped is in the OFF position For additional information refer to Cancel switch in this s
11. Press the M4 SEEK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the 44 SEEK button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the Pl TRACK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the P TRACK button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played TUNE FOLDER knob MP3 WMA CD only If an MPS WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems RDM random button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern
12. FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For additional information refer to Audio opera tion precautions in this section CD eject button CD button Display screen CD insert slot M4 SEEK button SCAN button Fb TRACK button gt BACK button iPod MENU button ENTER SETTING button TUNE FOLDER knob Station select 1 6 buttons RDM random button RPT repeat button o00 NQ 11 12 13 14 power button VOL volume control knob DISP display button MEDIA button FM AM button 15 16 17 Audio main operation power button VOL volume control knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the power button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was playing immediately before the system was turned off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 To turn the system off press the power ENTER SETTING button button Press the ENTER SETTING button to show the Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the Settings screen on the display Turn the volume TUNE FOLDER knob to navigate the options and This vehicle is equipped with Speed Sensitive then press the ENTER SETTING button to make Volume When this feature is active the audio a selection volume changes as the driving speed changes Audio Fas C Adesisetasstoedesied
13. PHONE END While the voice recognition sys tem is active press and hold the button for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time Tuning switch While using the voice recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 CONNECTING PROCEDURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled To connect a phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 1 Press the SETTING button Bluetooth Bass Treble Balance Fade LHA2257 Setting Bluetooth Bluetooth Add phone or Device Delete Phone or Device Replace phone Select phone or Device LHA2274 2 Use the TUNE SCROLL knob to select Bluetooth and then press the ENTER but ton 4 98 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 Use the TUNE SCROLL knob to select Add Phone or Device and then press the ENTER button 4 When a message with a PIN appears on the screen operate the Bluetooth phone to enter the PIN The connecting procedure varies according to each phone For additional information refer to the phone s Owner s Manual You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or call the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for in structions on con
14. RF Exposure information according 2 1091 2 1093 OET bulletin 65 Radio frequency radiation exposure information This equipment complies with FCC radiation ex posure limits set forth for an uncontrolled envi ronment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body The transmitter must not be co located or oper ating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions This device may not cause interference and 2 This device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING FEB if so equipped AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use of the FEB system could result in serious injury or death e The FEB system is a supplemental aid to the driver It is not a replacement for the driver s attention to traffic condi tions or responsibility to drive safely It cannot prevent accidents due to care lessness or dangerous driving techniques The FEB system does not function in all driving traffic weather and road conditions The FEB system can assist the driver when there is a risk of a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane LSD2479 The FEB system
15. The I Key indicator message is displayed in the vehicle information display The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle Two remote vehicle starts or a single remote start with an extension have already been used The vehicle is not in P Park There is a detected registered key already inside of the vehicle Theremote start function has been switched to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle information dis play in the Instruments and controls sec tion of this manual The remote engine start may display a warning or indicator in the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle informa tion display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments HOOD LPD2220 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver s side instrument panel the hood springs up slightly Push the lever at the front of the hood to the side as illustrated with your fingertips and raise the hood Remove the support rod from the clamp Insert the support rod into the slot on the passenger side of the hood When closing the hood return the support rod to its original position lower the hood to approximately 12 in 30 cm above the latch and release it This allows proper engage ment of the hood latc
16. Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquid to contact the outlet EXTENDED STORAGE SWITCH LDI2758 LIC3266 LIC3268 The extended storage switch is used when ship ping the vehicle It is located in the fuse panel to the left of the steering wheel on the instrument panel If any electrical equipment does not oper ate ensure the extended storage switch is pushed fully in place as shown Instruments and controls 2 41 STORAGE LIC2308 LIC0016 MAP POCKETS 2 42 Instruments and controls SEATBACK POCKETS if so equipped The seatback pockets may be located on the back of the driver s and or passenger s seats The pockets can be used to store maps AA WARNING To ensure proper operation of the passen ger s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System please observe the following items Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket or head restraint headrest Do not place heavy lo
17. iN E LRS2571 LRS2572 Forward and backward Pull the center of the bar up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the bar to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional information refer to Pre cautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in the P Park position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 LRS2573 LRS2662 Seat lifter driver s seat Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Operating tips A WARNING Before driving the vehicle return the seat back to an upright seating position after manually releasing it Also make sure the seat is locked in place Failure to do so may cause the seat to move in a collision or sudden stop This may result in damage to the seat or personal injury 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and sup
18. NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Transfer Entry Delete Entry List Names C 4 88 For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth pro file the Phonebook command is used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B Transfer Entry A Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two For additional information refer to How to say numbers in this section To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the comma
19. Pedestrian bicycles animals Vehicles such as motorcycles low height vehicles or high ground clear ance vehicles Oncoming vehicles Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate from a stop A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as your vehicle A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind A vehicle which your vehicle over takes rapidly A vehicle that passes through the de tection zone quickly When overtaking several vehicles in a row the vehicles after the first ve hicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together The radar sensors detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width When driving in a wider lane the radar sensors may not detect ve hicles in an adjacent lane When driv ing in a narrow lane the radar sen sors may detect vehicles driving two lanes away The radar sensors are designed to ignore most stationary objects how ever objects such as guardrails walls foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected This is a normal operation condition The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles Severe weather Road spray Ice frost snow build up on the vehicle Dirt build up on the vehicle Do not attach stickers including trans parent material install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors These conditions may reduc
20. Speak this command to hold the second call and switch back to the origi nal call End Other Call Speak this command to stay with the second call and end the original call Press the 4 button to accept the call Press the 4 h button to reject the call ENDING A CALL To end an active call press the button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 TEXT MESSAGING AWARNING e Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of Text to Speech Check lo cal regulations before using this feature Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and features such as social networking and texting Check local regulations for any requirements Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle NOTE This feature is automatically disabled if the connected device does not support the Message Access Profile MAP For addi tional information refer to the phone s Owner s Manual for details and instruc tions NOTE Many phones may require special permis sion to enable text messaging Check the phone s scree
21. TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signal cancels automatically Lane change signal Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash but the lever does not latch to signal a lane change Hold the lever until the lane change is completed Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash but the lever does not latch and release the lever The turn signal will automatically flash three times Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic conditions HORN HEATED SEAT SWITCHES if so equipped LIC3256 lo MN LIC2319 e e CHI CHI al Wo C EL LIC3037 FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on rotate the headlight switch to the position then rotate the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch in the AUTO position the headlights must be on then rotate the fog light switch to the 0 po sition To turn the fog lights off rotate the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected To sound the horn push near the horn icon on the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so
22. The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Maintenance and do it yourself 8 45 Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 420 kPa 4 2 bar 60 psi With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 80 km h 50 mph When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed 8 46 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to th
23. When opening the driver s door to get out of the vehicle Place the ignition switch in the OFF position The No Key Detected warning appears in the display the outside chime sounds 3 The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF times and the inside warning chime sounds position position When closing the door after getting out of for approximately 3 seconds the vehicle The Shift to Park warning appears in the The ignition switch is in the ACC position Move the shift lever to the P Park position display and the outside chime sounds and the shift lever is not in the P Park and place the ignition switch in the OFF continuously position position When closing the door with the inside lock The outside chime sounds for approximately ule knob turned to LOCK 4 seconds and ali the doors unlock The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the LOCK button on the The outside chime sounds for approximately Intelligent Key to lock the door The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments Replace the battery with a new one For The Key low battery indicator appears in the The battery charge is low additional information refer to Batteiy in display the Maintenance and do it yourself sec When pushing the ignition switch to start tion of this manual the en
24. While the display is showing a map or audio screen tilt the Menu Control switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tiling the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than a tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 AM and FM Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to seek up or down to the next station Press the ENTER button to show the list of preset stations XM SXM if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to go to the next or previous channel Press the ENTER button to show the XM SXM Menu iPod if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Press the ENTER button to show the iPod Menu CD Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files Press the ENTER button to show the CD Menu USB if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 sec
25. Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint headrest that may be integrated adjustable or non adjustable Adjustable head restraints headrests have multiple notches along the stalk s to lock them in a desired adjustment position The non adjustable head restraints headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame Proper Adjustment For the adjustable type align the head restraint headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint headrest f your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position If the head restraint headrest has been re moved ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that desig nated seating position 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2300 ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT HEADREST COMPONENTS Removable head restraint headrest Multiple notches Lock knob Stalks Seo eom LRS2299 LRS2302 NON ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT HEADREST COMPONENTS 1 Removable head restraint headrest 2 Single notch 3 Lock knob 4 Stalks REMOVE Use the following procedure to remove the head restraint headrest 1 Pull the head restraint headrest up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 Remove the head restraint headrest from the seat 4
26. or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the Voice Recognition session You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the Voice Recognition session Whenever the Voice Recognition session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system f you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio Volume control knob Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed back to speak the next command by pressing the C4 button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep before speaking your command One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the 4 button and after the tone say Call Redial LHA2273 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel C4 PHONE SEND Press the 4 button to initiate a Voice Recognition session or answer an incoming call 4 You can also use the 4 button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once For additional information refer to List of voice commands and During a call in this section for additional information
27. 3GS firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone 4 firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone amp 5 firmware version 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the MEDIA button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the ENTER SETTING or MENU button will start the iPod iPod MENU button if so equipped Press the iPod MENU button while the iPod is connected to show the iPod operation menu on the audio display Scroll through the menu list using the TUNE FOLDER control dial Press ENTER SETTING button to select a menu item Items in the iPod menu appear on the display in the following order Now playing Playlists Artists Albums Songs Podcasts Genres 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Composers Audiobooks Shuffle songs For additional information about each item refer to the iPod Owner s Manual I4 4 FF SEEK CAT and TRACK buttons When the M4 SEEK CAT button or PP TRACK but
28. AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations at belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 Safety Seats se ARS1045 ARS1046 WRS0431 AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents AWARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most
29. Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and front passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during infla tion The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag war
30. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle and clarify your rights under your state s lemon law A NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any ques tions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed prior to delivery It is recom mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle an
31. NISSAN Intelligent Key P 3 7 3 20 Keys P 3 2 Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 2 LII2379 0 4 Illustrated table of contents 6 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch P 2 32 Trunk lid P 3 31 Rearview camera if so equipped P 4 10 Replacing bulbs P 8 29 Fuel filler cap P 3 33 Fuel recommendation P 9 2 Fuel filler door P 3 33 Child safety rear door lock P 3 4 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT LII2380 6 7 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details Power moonroof if so equipped P 2 49 Sun visors P 3 36 Interior lights P 2 50 HomeLink Universal Transceiver if so equipped P 2 52 Rearview mirror P 3 37 Glove box P 2 42 Cup holders P 2 42 Console box P 2 42 Rear armrest P 1 2 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2221 20 19 18 17 16 15 gt gt C 14 13 12 LII2360 0 6 Illustrated table of contents 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Instrument brightness control P 2 33 Trip computer reset switch P 2 3 Vents P 4 16 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 33 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 42 Ho
32. era RearView Monitor may not display ob jects clearly Clean the camera Do not use wax on the camera lens Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent then wipe with a dry cloth LHA3643 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ACAUTION Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration e Do not damage the camera as the moni tor screen may be adversely affected If dirt rain or snow accumulates on the camera D the RearView Monitor may not display ob jects clearly Clean the camera by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping it with a dry cloth Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 VENTS LHA2255 Side Center Adjust air flow direction by moving the vent slides Open or close the vents by using the dial Move the dial toward the 3 to open the vents or toward the B to close them 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems LHA2256 hn I gt Eu nooo IE poan FESN NES ae p HH e VINS LHA1134 Rear if so equipped HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual if so equipped N 6 5 4 LHA2243 1 Fan speed control dial A C air 4 lt Air recirculation button condit
33. llle eee eee 2 29 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 30 Wiper and washer switch 0 cece eae 2 81 Switch Operation 25 ep IRR pe tia 2 31 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch ser ehe ie ri oed Re 2 32 Headlight and turn signal switch 0 00 2 33 Headlight control switch 0 ec eee eee 2 33 Daytime running light system if so equipped 2 35 Instrument brightness control 0 005 2 36 Turn signal switch rell Ret nue 2 36 Fog light switch if so equipped 2 37 POM ited bostes eni be dpbpe ab talent datas IS 2 37 Heated seat switches if so equipped 2 37 Heated steering wheel switch if so equipped 2 38 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 39 Power outlets ieri eere b ER LEDRE eR ERA 2 40 Extended storage switch 0 0 00000 2 41 Storage EET 2 42 Map pockets 22rrebe bebe e Pe RIDERE 2 42 Seatback pockets if so equipped 2 42 PP DOK osten kRUr PRESE ED YS 2 43 WEUNCDIG DOK ios ie hore re Rr een 2 43 Sunglasses holder 002 eee eee aee 2 44 Cup holders o cand tan siepe Pita aea en o oe 2 44 Cargo net if so equipped isses 2 45 lao c a E N E EA 2 46 Power windOWsS cesset ee rupe er okodisasi 2 46 Moonroof if so equipped sssssssssseese 2 49 Power moonroof cioe mr ette 2 49 Interior lights e rop
34. sages refer to Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 Press the f wheel button on the steering 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Read Text after the tone The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch to scroll through all text messages if more than one are available Press the 4 button to exit the text message screen Press the A button to access the following options for replying to the text message Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Send Text Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message Read Text Speak this command to read the text mes sage again Previous Text Speak this command to move to the previ ous text message if available Next Text Speak this command to move to the next text message if available Siri amp Eyes Free if so equipped If a connected phone is equipped with Siri it can also be used to create custom messages that are sent through the phone For additional information refer to Siri Eyes Free in this section NOTE Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h NOTE For Apple iPhones 8 text messages can only be sent through Siri Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11
35. 100 km h ft m Long 200 60 Middle 150 45 Short 90 30 The distance to the vehicle ahead wvill change according to the vehicle speed The higher the vehicle speed the longer the dis tance If the engine is stopped the set distance becomes long Each time the engine is started the initial setting becomes long Starting and driving 5 45 Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if The chime sounds Thevehicle ahead detection indicator blinks The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles Some examples are When the vehicles are traveling at the same Speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is in creasing When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning chime will not sound when The vehicle approaches other vehicles that are parked or moving slowly The accelerator pedal is depressed overrid ing the system 5 46 Starting and driving NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects objects on the side of the vehicle or on
36. 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself DRIVE BELT akRWON gt QR25DE engine Crankshaft pulley LDI2130 Drive belt automatic tensioner pulley Water pump pulley Generator pulley Air compressor pulley N e U LDI2131 VQ35DE engine Crankshaft pulley Drive belt automatic tensioner pulley Generator pulley Air compressor pulley A WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly PON Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS a Ee SDI1895 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Iridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones A WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to
37. If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN If Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN con duct a recall campaign However Trans port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang eng English spe
38. P 8 16 Air cleaner P 8 22 Fuse Fusible link box P 8 25 Battery P 8 17 Engine oil dipstick P 8 11 Radiator cap P 8 9 Drive belt location P 8 20 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details cio 0 cN OO BONS 70 VQ35DE engine Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 15 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 9 Engine oil filler cap P 8 11 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 16 Air cleaner P 8 22 Fuse Fusible link box P 8 25 Battery P 8 17 Engine oil dipstick P 8 11 Radiator cap P 8 9 Drive belt location P 8 20 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details a DN B j o LDI2112 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS i Name Page light Power steering 2 14 warning light equipped Seat belt warning 2 14 light and chime Supplemental air 2 14 bag warning light Side light and head light indicator light Indicator green Anti lock Braking System ABS warn ing light Overdrive OFF indi cator light if so Us o 3 iy Brake warning light e 22 2 Front fog light indi cator light if so equipped Turn signal hazard Forward Emergency We QJ e 3l Go Braking FEB sys tem warning light if so equipped 1 Low tire press
39. SEEK and TRACK buttons When the SEEK 4 button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track follow ing the present one starts to play from the begin ning Press the SEEK 4 button several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD advances one additional track The track number appears in the display window Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When the TRACK VY button is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press the TRACK Y button several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back one track RPT repeat RDM random button Press the RPT RDM button while a compact disc is playing to change the play pattern as follows CD TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM DISC REPEAT MP3 WMA CD FOLDER REPEAT TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM FOLDER RANDOM DISC RE PEAT TRACK REPEAT The track that is currently play ing will be repeated DISC RANDOM The order of the tracks on the disc will be mixed during play DISC REPEAT The disc currently playing will be repeated FOLDER REPEAT The tracks in the current folder will be repeated FOLDER RANDOM The order of the tracks in the folder will be mixed during play SCAN CDs button Press the SCAN button for less than 1 5 seconds
40. The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control Starting and driving 5 73 AWARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function corr
41. The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation A WARNING To avoid injury to child do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Lock ing Retractor ALR mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child re straints and Booster seats sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e WRS0699 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions LRS0454 Front passenger position 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest if so equipped to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint headrest if so equipped is re moved store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest if so equipped when the booster seat is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest if so equipped
42. Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit th
43. a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver Will operate most Radio Frequency devices Such as garage doors gates home and of fice lighting entry door locks and security systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming When the HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver is programmed retain the original transmitter for future programming proce dures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Program ming HomeLink in this section AWARNING e Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A ga rage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death e During the programming procedure your garage door or secur
44. a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Micro soft Corporation of the USA 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems FJ FOLDER 1 MP3 or WMA WHA1078 Playback order chart Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display If there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Specification chart Supported fie asters MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR versions 1 WMA WMA7 WMA8 WMAQ Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 48 ops 102 Kops VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation
45. able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg WTI0169 Example Technical and consumer information 9 15 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle For additional information refer to Mea surement of weights in this section of the manual Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures For additional information refer to Tire and Loading Information label in this section of the manual LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 16 Technical and consumer information Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR A WARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the wa
46. ange will appear in the vehicle information dis play NOTE If the BSW system stops working the RCTA system if so equipped will also stop work ing Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location place the vehicle in the P Park position turn the engine off and restart the engine If the message continues to appear have the system checked It is recom mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser vice LSD2475 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The two radar sensors 1 for the BSW and RCTA systems are located near the rear bumper Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water mist or fog The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors Starting and driving 5 35 Do not attach stickers including transparent ma terial install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors It is recommended you consult a NISSAN dealer if the area around the radar sen sors is damaged due to a collision Radio frequency statement For USA FCC OAYSRR2B This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful inter feren
47. armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle 3 Close all doors hood and trunk liftgate Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch if so equipped power door lock switch or mechanical key 4 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security sys tem is now pre armed After about 30 sec onds the vehicle security system automati cally shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key or the key fob or the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all the doors hood and trunk lid locked with the ignition switch placed in the LOCK position When placing the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position the system will be re leased Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after a pe riod of time However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door or trunk lid with the key or by press
48. could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury The front seats are warmed by built in heaters 1 Start the engine 2 Push the LO or HI position of the switch as desired The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on 3 When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to push the switch to turn it off Instruments and controls 2 37 AWARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in seri ous injury ACAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater e Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed i
49. e Clean the filler cap before removing 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself e Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the brake fluid is below the MIN line B the brake warning light will illuminate Add brake fluid up to the MAX line amp For additional information on recom mended type of brake fluid refer to Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual If the brake fluid must be added frequently the brake system should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID LDI2754 WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add windshield washer fluid when the low windshield washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield washer fluid into the reservoir opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increa
50. gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems do not leave children people who require the assis tance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle Additionally the tempera ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manually For additional information about adjusting the seats refer to the steps outlined in this section
51. in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATIONS Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent Engine oil with API Certification Mark Vis cosity SAE OW 20 For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE For additional information refer to the tire plac ard The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the break in procedure recommenda tions for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle For additional information refer to Break in schedule in the Starting and driving section of this manual Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing September 2015 11 Publication INo OM16EA OL33UO Printed in U S A L9
52. nected to these anchors For additional informa tion refer to LATCH Lower Anchors and Teth ers for CHildren system in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Checkthe child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system 1 23 Ifthe child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures Ifthe combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 lbs 29 5 kg you may use either the LATCH anchors or the seat belt to install the child restraint not both at the same time f the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower an chors to install the child restraint Besure to follow the child restraint manufac turer s instruction
53. noise etc take the following steps A WARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine A WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or
54. sired operation of the device Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Bosch Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For additional information refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section Voice Prompt Interrupt While using the Voice Recognition system the system voice can be interrupted to allow the user to speak commands While the system is speak ing press the 4 button on the steering wheel The system voice will stop and a tone will be heard After the tone speak desired command displayed on the touch screen One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the amp amp button and after the tone say Call Redial y SETTINGS Audio System Navigation Phone amp Traffic Bluetooth LHA3712
55. speak the command for the system you wish to activate The command given is picked up by the microphone and performed when it is properly recognized NISSAN Voice Recognition will provide a voice response as well as a message in the center display to inform you of the command results USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the sys tem is ready to accept voice commands If the C button is pressed before the initializa tion completes the system will announce Voice Recognition System not ready Please wait Cam E We Me LHA2282 Giving voice commands 1 Press the 44 button 2 The system announces Please say a cat egory like phone or a command like points of interest followed by a brand name A list of available commands is then spoken by the system 3 After the tone sounds and the face icon on the display changes speak a command Available commands are discussed in this section 4 114 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice and display feedback are provided when the command is accepted If the command is not recognized the sys tem announces Command not recog nized Repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to cancel the command or go back to the previous menu of commands press the 4 butt
56. to scan all tracks of the current disc for 10 sec onds per track The SCAN icon is flashed during scan mode The scan mode is canceled once it scans through all tracks on the disc or if the SCAN button is pressed during scan mode A CD EJECT button When the amp CD eject button is pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp CD eject button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop com puters 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack Press the MENU button repeatedly until AUX IN Volume appears on the screen to control the incoming volume level of the auxiliary input de vice Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the level between 0 and 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 d j EN L FM AM CD M4 SEEK TRACK gt t 17 d gt s 7 iPod MEDIA DISP MENU BACK 16 j 4 O l eS 8 15 9 VOL EFO S ENTER e me SS ey iS 10 LHA2847
57. ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine For ad ditional information refer to If your ve hicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for immediate action required 2 6 Instruments and controls 1 2 LIC2222 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to O Empty after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters 0 Empty The j indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION If the vehicle runs out of fuel the C1 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the C light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in this section COMPASS if so equipped This unit measures terrestr
58. 0000c000eeeeeee 9 11 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 20 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Event Data Recorders EDR csse 9 20 Emission control information label 9 12 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 21 RECOMMENDED FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Fluid type Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure ter For additional information refer to Fuel recommenda Engine oil with API Certification Mark 1 Viscosity SAE Drain and refill QR25DE 0W 20 2 bor nddiicnal 1 For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in this section of the manual information refer to do it yourself sec tion of this manual Engine oil in the g ob ded and With oil filter change 5 1 8 qt 4 1 4 qt E 2 As an alternative to this recommended oil SAE 5W 30 VOS35DE conventional petroleum based oil may be used and meet Without oil filter Without o fier change 4 3 4 qt 4 qt 4 all specifications and requirements necessary to maintain the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty OR25DE 2 1 8 gal 1 3 4 gal Pre diluted Genuine N
59. 100 mph 162 km h where it is legal to do So on a race track for example Failure to increase the cold tire inflation pressure may result in tire failure loss of control and possible injury After such use readjust tire pressure e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL FRONT x a Q NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs Le poids combin des occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ib needs T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX psi ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE TAILLE ORIGINALE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROIDS P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX psi P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX psi SEE MINER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIDNAL INFORMATION POUR D AUTRIS DETAILS SE REPORTERIRU MANUEL DU CONDUCTEUR LDI0549 Tire and loading information label Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Tire size refer to Tire labeling in this section 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself 3 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are consid
60. 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments LRS0674 Rear facing step 4 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS A WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will resu
61. 36 02 52 ea ene ee ed 8 16 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 2 0 2 2 00 9 2 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fld c2 reos 8 15 Engine coolant 00 4 8 9 Engine oll sx RR ae 8 11 Power steering fluid 8 15 Windshield washer fluid 8 16 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Foglight switch o soe ao onsa osad aaa 2 37 Forward Emergency Braking FEB 2 12 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system sss oe hx 4X ee RR eee ed 1 49 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 FrontseatS 2 eed ee x d 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants llle 9 2 Fuel economy sess 5 71 Fuel filler doorandcap 3 33 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 33 Fuel gauges ico vxo ey ee ae ed 2 6 Fuel octane rating 00 9 5 Fuel recommendation 9 4 Loose fuel cap warning 2 28 Fuel Cell Vehicle FCV System Tire pressute e n uu sow Y 8 34 Fuel filler door cae dos sommes 3 33 Fuel gauges s c eb ee ew Rte 2 6 FUSOS c s c Be Sew REGE X 2 Ros Een EUR a 8 25 Fusible links leen 8 26 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver 2 52 2 53 2 54 2 55 2 55 2 56 Gasca i um ue we se aa EOM S 3 33 Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Fuelgauge us eu metet e 2 6 Odometer soaa os aa Rum Ra 2 4 Speedometer lesen 2 4 Tac
62. Air flow control Air Fan recirculation A C Temp control button button control HOT td through heater 89 Heating amp Defrosting Defogging Fan speed control dial Air flow mode control buttons E Air passed through heater core Temperature control dial MAX A C button Front defroster Rear button defroster switch Air recirculation indicator may or may not turn on Air recirculation button Air flow control Temp control HOT RIGHT 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Cooling a Air passed through heater core Fan speed control dial Air flow mode Temperature control dial A C button control buttons MAX A C button Front defroster Rear Air recirculation button defroster button switch Air recirculation Temp Air flow control control COLD LEFT 9d Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER automatic if so equipped A C air conditioner button MODE manual air flow control button fan speed control buttons ON OFF button GY rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch A WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running 1 2 3 2 O ON by to oto e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alon
63. Apps Voice Commands 4 117 D ring acall 22 5 nettona 4 109 Help voice commands sssesesssss 4 117 Endirig a call et trend E Ends 4 109 Troubleshooting guide ssssesseee 4 118 CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or der that full attention may be given to x lt the driving operation LT E VOL Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents um fire or electrical shock 2 3 e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock ill In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it SE E or notice smoke or smell coming from it CAMERA stop using the system immediately Ig noring such conditions may lead to ac 10 9 8 7 cidents fire or electrical shock It is rec ommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for servicing LHA3444 1 POWER button VOL volume control knob 5 apps button 2 Display screen 6 2 brightness control button 3 ENTER AUDIO button TUNE SCROLL button knob 8 MAP button 4 5 BACK button 4 4 Monitor clima
64. B Without compass if so equipped The indicator light will turn off To turn on the automatic anti glare feature again press the button for inside mirrors without compass e the button for inside mirrors with compass The indicator light will turn on LPD0470 Type C With compass if so equipped For additional information on HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver operation if so equipped refer to the HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the Instruments and controls section of this manual For additional information on the compass dis play if so equipped refer to Compass display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual LPD2083 OUTSIDE MIRRORS A WARNING Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects The outside mirror remote control only operates when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 1 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch 2 LPD2084 Manual folding outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror t
65. CONNECTING PROCEDURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled 1 Press the apPs button on the control panel 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key 4 Touch the Connect New Device key 4 108 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Initiate the connecting process from the handset The system will display the mes sage Is PIN XXXXXX displayed on your Bluetooth device If the PIN is displayed on your Bluetooth device select Yes to complete the pairing process For additional information refer to the Bluetooth device s Owner s Manual VEHICLE PHONEBOOK To access the vehicle phonebook 1 Pressthe button on the control panel 2 Touch the Phonebook key 3 Choose the desired entry from the displayed list 4 The number of the entry will be displayed on the screen Touch the number to initiate di aling NOTE To scroll quickly through the list touch the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to choose a letter or number and then press ENTER SETTING The list will move to the first entry that begins with that number or letter MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedure below 1 Pressthe button on the control panel The P
66. Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the NISSAN Voice Recogni tion session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the NISSAN Voice Recognition session and re turns to the call Say star for Say pound for 3E Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the NISSAN Voice Recognition session To reconnect the call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System press the G4 button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function
67. For additional information refer to Vehicle information display in the In struments and conirols section of the manual 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD0395 LPD2081 Cancel switch if so equipped When the switch located inside the glove box is in the OFF position the power to the trunk lid will be cancelled The trunk lid cannot be opened when using the trunk lid release switch the trunk open request switch if so equipped is pushed when the Intelligent Key is in range of the vehicle or the HOLD button on the Intelligent Key is pressed INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE A WARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk To open the trunk from the inside pull the illumi nated release handle until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release handle is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located inside the trunk compart ment on the interior of the trunk lid FUEL FILLER D
68. Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type S DH PS or equivalent Air conditioning system oil For additional information refer to Air conditioner sys tem refrigerant and oil recommendations in this section of the manual Windshield washer fluid 1 1 8 gal 7 8 gal ool uu ee CAISSE Cleaner amp Antifreeze fluid or equivalent Brake fluid Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty 9 4 Technical and consumer information e Do not use fuel that contains the octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl man ganese tricarbonyl MMT Using fuel containing MMT may adversely affect vehicle performance and vehicle emis sions Not all fuel dispensers are la beled to indicate MMT conte
69. ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer AC SPA1951 Mechanical key The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors glove box and rear seatback lock For additional information refer to Doors in this section Storage in the Instruments and con trols section and Seats in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual A CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key slot Valet hand off When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the me chanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures be low 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 2 Lock the glove box with the mechanical key 3 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet and keep the mechanical key with you For additional information refer to Storage in the Instru
70. Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harnesses Do not route the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for servicing BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Type A if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 8 Bluetooth LHA3079 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone
71. Key battery discharge in the Starting and driving section of this manual Release Parking brake This warning illuminates in the message area of the vehicle information display when the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven Low Fuel This warning illuminates when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches 0 Empty There will be a small re serve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 Empty Low Washer Fluid if so equipped This warning illuminates when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary For additional informa tion refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Door Open This warning illuminates when a door has been opened when the engine is running Trunk Open This warning illuminates when the trunk has been opened when the engine is running Timer Alert Time for a driver break This indicator appears when the set time is reached The time can be set up to six hours For setting the timer refer to Alarm in this section Low Outside Temperature This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37 F 3 C The temperature can be changed to display in Celsius or Fahrenheit For additional information refer to Unit in this sec tion Power will turn off to save the b
72. Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage
73. Push the CRUISE 8 switch to turn off the ICC system and reset the ICC switch by pushing the CRUISE O switch again For additional information about the VDC sytem refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in this section When ABS or VDC including the TCS is operating When a wheel is slipping To use the ICC system make sure the wheels are no longer slipping Push the CRUISE amp switch to turn off the ICC system and reset the ICC system by pushing the CRUISE amp switch again F c0 amp m mi h _ 60 amp mih LSD2539 D System set display with vehicle ahead 2 System set display without vehicle ahead Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by control ling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead The system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance NOTE The stoplights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the ICC system e When the brake operates a noise may be heard This is not a malfunction When a vehicle ahead is detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on The ICC system will also display the set speed and se lected distance Vehicle ahead not detected When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead the ICC system gradually accelerate
74. Security indicator light aaa 2 16 Security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System engine start 9 30 5 11 Security systems Vehicle security system 2 29 Self adjusting brakes 2 22 2 8 24 Service manual order form 9 21 Servicing air conditioner 4 27 Shifting Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 14 Shift lever lock release 2 2 00 5 17 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 18 Smartphone connectivity 4 75 Sonar Rear system lll ess 5 78 Spark plug replacement 8 21 Spark plugs ree 5 ait ae a ahs dU UEM 8 21 Specifications sucede dope s 9 8 Speedometer lesen 2 4 Spotlights See map light 2 51 SRS warninglabel 1 59 Stability control 2 ee 5 75 Starting Before starting the engine 5 11 Jump starting mk us 6 8 8 19 10 6 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push starting sue ei pe ea 6 10 Starting the engine 5 12 Starting the engine iss 5 12 Steering Heated steering wheel 2 38 Power steering fluid 8 15 Power steering system 5 73 Steering wheel less 3 35 Stoplight ec Rn am has 8 31 iio to 2 Bead oho mer due ee eed 2 42 Sunglasses Case scs ck x eee eG 2 44 Sunglasses holder sss 2 44 Sunroof see Moonroof 2 49 Sui VISOfS i exe Se u
75. The factory reset menu allows the user to restore the vehicle information display settings to factory status Factory Reset Allows user to reset the vehicle information display settings to the original factory settings Once selected the user can confirm or deny the reset 2 24 Instruments and controls No Key X Low Low Oil Pressure See 1 Detected 9 Washer Fluid 17 1 7 Owner s Manual N I Key System Error 4 a See Qwner s Manual Key ID san strati l 60 2 IUD 10 il DoorOpen 4 a Kay Fegan as e 60 Se GEN 3 PJ Shiftto Park 1 Trunk Open f 19 Add Air r Time for a dri 4 RS Push ignition to OFF 12 Gi im preak T TPMS Error 20 See Owner s Manual 5 Key Battery Low 14 Low Outside Tire Pressure Low 26 amp T 7 Malfunction See Owner s Manual N e 1 eae P s Manu 6e m eve febeley __ Release CVT Er T REE s ere snd start Parking brake 15 CVT see Camera Mariai E skada Reminder 23 Loose Fuel Cap Tum OFF headlights M 8 R Low Fuel 16 joa LIC3438 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY 4 WARNINGS AND INDICATORS 1 No Key Detected 6 2 Key ID Incorrect 3 Shift to Park 7 Push ignition to OFF 5 Key Battery Low Engine start operation for Intelligent Key system Release Parking brake 8 Low Fuel 9 Low Washer Fluid if so equipped 1
76. Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Either zero or oh can be used for A Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the following example For 1 800 662 6200 say dial number and then speak the phone number in any of the following formats one eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh one eight hundred six six two six two oh oh oneeightzero zero six six two six two oh oh For the best voice recognition phone dialing re sults say phone numbers as single digits Also full numbers can only be spoken for 800 For example you cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousand Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands 1 Press the C4 button 2 Say Call and then a name in the vehicle phonebook to call that entry Otherwise say Phone to access various phone com mands If the Bluetooth has been set to Off the system announces Bluetooth is off Would you like to turn Bluetooth on If no phone is connected to the system and the vehicle is stationary the system announces There is no phone connected Would you like to connect a phone now Say Yes to connect a phone All further Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands are only
77. ad justment removal and installation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor in this section OFF 9 PY 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light amp may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used For addi tional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS PRECAUTIONS ON SRS This SRS secti
78. air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a short time The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems e Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For
79. air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is posi tioned properly If the air bag status light is still not illuminated reposition the occupant or child re straint in a rear seat If the front passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF A NISSAN dealer can check that the sys tem is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and front passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the front passen ger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the front passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is n
80. always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab Sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the indicator may flashorboththe fi and 4 indica tor lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and both the f and the E indicator lights may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated both the f and 8 indicator lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the f indicator may flash or both the fi and indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the 8 indicator may flash or both the and S indicator lights may illuminate This is not a mal function Restart the engine after driv ing onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the 8 indicator may flash or both the and 8 indicator lights
81. and wait 1 minute NOTE A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially If the light is still ON after this the person should be advised not to ride in the front passenger seat and the vehicle should be checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 3 If the light is OFF with a small adult child or child restraint occupying the front passen ger seat This may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sen sors 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Small adult or child is not sitting upright leaning against the seatback and centered on the seat cushion with his her feet com fortably extended to the floor The child restraint is not properly installed as outlined in the Child restraints section of this manual An object weighing over 2 2 lbs 1 kg hang ing on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback Arear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it Anobject placed under the front passenger seat An object placed between the seat cushion and center console If the vehicle is moving please come to a stop when it is safe to do so Chec
82. area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the illustration for approximate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 inches 25 0 cm away the tone will sound continuously If the RSS detects a stationary or receding object further than 10 inches 25 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only three sec onds Once the system detects an object ap proaching the tone will sound again The RSS automatically turns on when the shift lever is placed in R Reverse and the ignition switch is ON Keep the RSS sensors located on the rear bum per fascia free from snow ice and large accumu lations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the RSS FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEM if so equipped LSD2135 The sonar parking sensor sytem sounds a tone to inform the driver of obstacles near the bumper When the DISPLAY key is ON the sonar view will automatically appear in the meter AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use of the sonar system could result in serious injury or death The sonar system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with ve hicles or objects e The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneu ve
83. available if a phone is connected If a phone is connected and Bluetooth is set to On the following voice commands are available Call a name Speak the name of the contact in which you are trying to call System will confirm correct contact Say Dial to initiate dialing Dial Number Allows for up to 24 digits to be dialed After the number is entered say Dial to initiate dialing Say Correction to correct the num ber entered Say Go Back to return to the main menu List Phonebook Starting with the first alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook the system prompts for an additional command Say Dial to call the number of the phonebook entry Say Send Text to send a text message to the number of the phonebook entry Say Next Entry to skip to the next alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook where the same op tions will then be available Recent Calls The system prompts for an additional com mand Say Missed Calls Incoming Calls or Outgoing Calls to display a list of such calls on the screen Speak the number of the entry displayed on the screen to dial that number or say Next Page to view entries on the next page if available Redial Redials the last called number 4 116 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Read Text Reads an incoming text message Send Text Sends a text message Select Phone The system replies Ple
84. belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child 1 19 There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints Booster seats The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint A WARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause ser
85. buttons and ENTER located on the steering wheel je navigate through the items in ve hicle information ENTER change or select an item in the vehicle information display 2 go back to the previous menu 3 select enter the Vehicle informa tion menu items or to change from one dis play screen to the next i e trip TPMS Fuel economy TheENTERand buttons also control audio and control panel functions For additional infor mation refer to Steering wheel switch for audio control in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section of this manual STARTUP DISPLAY When the vehicle in placed in the ON or ACC position the screens that display in the vehicle information include Active system status Tire pressures Trip computer Audio Navigation if so equipped Driver Assistance if so equipped Fuel economy Warnings Warnings will only display if there are any pres ent For additional information refer to Vehicle information display warnings and indicators in this section To control what items display in the vehicle infor mation display refer to How to use the vehicle information display in this section RESETTING THE TRIP COMPUTER 1 Press the button until you reach the trip computer mode 2 Press the button again for more than 1 5 seconds to reset average fuel consump tion average speed dis
86. can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels Appearance and care 7 3 e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing 7 4 Appearance and care Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the
87. caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case LDI0302 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Reinstall the vent caps Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary refer to Jump start ing in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM LDI2132 A CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltage control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system This system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 The current sensor is located near the battery along the negative battery cable If you add elec trical accessories to your vehicle be sure to ground them to a suitable body ground such as the frame or engine block area
88. collision CHILD RESTRAINTS ARS1098 WRS0256 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat refer to Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints ma
89. collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag sys tem operation The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors and occupant classification sensor weight sen sor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensor is also monitored Based on information from the sensor only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or un belted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned off under some con ditions depending on the weight detected on the front passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the front passenger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper per formance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer to obtain information about the system If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN
90. command is used to manage en tries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1 000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B For additional information refer to Record name in this section List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the NISSAN Voice Rec ognition session For additional information refer to Record name in this section Record Name The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an e
91. control when driving under the following conditions e When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads e On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 mph 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel will illuminate To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button Tap the brake pedal Push the ON OFF switch off The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel goes out The cruise control is automatically canceled if you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST swi
92. deactivate OFF Smart Favorites 4 Touch the Add Preset key to select an available preset For additional information refer to 1 to 6 station memory operations in this section NOTE Smart Favorites will start functioning only after the audio unit is turned on for a few minutes Tune Start is supported for music chan nels only Q woo 9e XXXX on Wi XXxx amp XXXX Repay NXXXX Ces JC Js I Jen LHA3087 Replay Screen The Replay Screen gives the user the ability to replay skip pause or rewind the currently aired track When the Replay key is touched the Replay Screen is prompted 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems REPLAY SKIP PAUSE To replay a track from the beginning press the 44 seek button The user can continue to press the M4 seek button to replay previ ous songs but can only go back as far as the system permits The system will warn the user when they cannot skip any further back by displaying At the End in the bottom left corner of the screen To skip a track press the P track button Live will appear in the bot tom left corner of the screen indicating the difference from play time to live audio To pause a track press the Il pause button REWIND To rewind fast forward a FAST track hold the M4 or P FORWARD seek track button CD MP3 display mode CD MP3 display mode Rand
93. device be fore using it with this system The Bluetooth audio may be stopped un der the following conditions Receiving a call on the Hands Free Phone System Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place the Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disruption Bluetooth While an audio device is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon and Bosch 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A 15 Th SEEK TRACK v 14 e AUX IN 6 CD AUX G 187 11 10 9 8 7 LHA8804 FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT 1 amp CD eject button DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so 2 CD insert slot equipped For additional information refer to Audio opera 3 SCAN button tion precautions in this section 4 DISP display button 13 14 15 RPT repeat RDM random button MENU button TUNE FOLDER knob AUX IN jack AUX button CD button AM button FM button power button VOL volume control knob Station select 1 6 buttons TRACK Y button SEEK butto
94. distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connection port e Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB con nection port located in the center console Con nect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB connection port on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its bat tery will be charged while connected to the ve hicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB connection port on th
95. during highway driv ing helps maintain a steady speed Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Plan for the Shortest Route Utilize a map or navigation system to de termine the best route to save time Avoid Idling Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting Winter Warm Up Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy Vehicles typicaly need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effec tively circulate the engine oil before driving Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling 10 Keeping your Vehicle Cool Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible When entering a hot vehicle opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster resulting in reduced demand on your A C system INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled main tenance Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases
96. e Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur er s recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reservoir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the windshield washer fluid con centrate and water If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted by snow orice the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms In approximately 1 minute turn the switch on again to operate the wiper 2 32 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH LIC2324 Type A if so equipped To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster LIC2325 Type B if so equipped NOTE The top and bottom few rows of wires on the rear window are not part of the rear window defroster system These wires make up the antenna for the audio system HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH LIC324
97. effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or SSS0162 SSS0159 lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 WRS0032 A WARNING e When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation LII2184 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats 1 Top tether strap anchor 2 Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag inflators 3 Rear seat belts 4 Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag 5 Front seat mounted side impact supple mental ai
98. engine Power steering fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse Fusible link box Battery Engine oil dipstick Radiator cap Drive belt location Windshield washer fluid reservoir Ae OONOARWN gt O Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 t lt 2 3 4 5 ee SS p E m TA Ab IS HES S28 Ta J cio Q0 oN OO DL NE 70 a LDI2112 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself VQ35DE engine Power steering fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse Fusible link box Battery Engine oil dipstick Radiator cap Drive belt location Windshield washer fluid reservoir ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round antifreeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution con tains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional en gine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator For additional information on precautions refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manu
99. example press the 4 button and after the tone say Call Redial Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 LHA2273 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel C4 PHONE SEND Press the 4 button to initiate a NISSAN Voice Recognition ses sion or answer an incoming call 4 You can also use the fi button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once For additional information refer to Voice commands and During a call in this section PHONE END While the NISSAN Voice Recog nition system is active press and hold the button for 5 sec onds to quit the NISSAN Voice Recognition system at any time ENTER button tuning switch While using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system Press the ENTER button to select an option on the display screen 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional information refer to List of voice com mands in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the followi
100. formation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within one minute after pressing the M button Opening any doors Pushing the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display For additional informa tion refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Opening windows if so equipped The Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneously open windows equipped with automatic opera tion To open the windows press the a but ton on the Intelligent Key longer than 3 seconds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the button on the Intelligent Key The door windows cannot be closed by using the Intelligent Key WPD0364 Releasing the trunk lid Press the es button for longer than 0 5 sec onds to open the trunk lid
101. have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons Individual buttons cannot be cleared However individual buttons can be reprogrammed For additional informa tion refer to Reprogramming a single HomeLink button in this section To clear all programming 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons HomeLink is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming HomeLink Step 1 REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton DO NOT release the button Instruments and controls 2 55 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button proceed with Pro gramming HomeLink Step 1 For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 except Mexico The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that wa
102. if so equipped will come on 31 NO or BRAKE C P8 2 10 Instruments and controls Power steering warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Front fog light indicator light if so equipped Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light blue The following lights if so equipped will come on briefly and then go off oABS 8 8 00 amp If any light does not come on or operate in a way other than described it may indicate a burned out bulb and or a system malfunction Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer jJ Malfunction Indicator Light MIL O D OFF D PE Overdrive OFF indicator light if so equipped Security indicator light Side light and headlight indicator light green 8 Slip indicator light Go 8 Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light Some indicators and warnings are also displayed on the vehicle information display between the speedometer and tachometer For additional in formation refer to Vehicle information display in this section WARNING LIGHTS For additional information on warnings and indi cators refer to Vehicle information display in this section ABS amp Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the ABS warning light illuminate
103. is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Lower To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 SEAT BELTS i Uem d SSS0136 LY V De Hy ka at Nez 7 SSS0016 PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in a collision and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be in the rear seats and in an appropriate restraint Sit
104. may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road Starting and driving 5 77 REAR SONAR SYSTEM RSS if so equipped WSD0170 AWARNING e Always turn and look back before back ing up The RSS is not a substitute for proper backing procedures e Read and understand the limitations of the rear sonar system as contained in this section Inclement weather may af fect the function of the RSS this may include reduced performance or a false activation This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects 5 78 Starting and driving The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob jects to help avoid damaging the ve hicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia leaving it mis aligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measure ment of obstacles or false alarms The Rear Sonar System RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper when the shift lever is in R Reverse The system may not detect objects at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The RSS detects obstacles up to 5 9 feet 1 8 meters from the rear bumper with a de creased coverage
105. month and year of manufacture VIN etc Review it carefully Technical and consumer information 9 11 pat 3 be LTI2004 A LTIO224 aa Up o TUS WTI0178 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The label is located as shown AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is affixed to the underside of the hood as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE LTI2013 To mount the front license plate attach the li cense plate bracket 1 to the plastic finisher at the location marks small dimples using the two 6 mm screws provided VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION A WARNING e It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your ve
106. of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor 1 81 WRS0800 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest if so equipped to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest if so equipped when the child restraint is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest adjustment if so equipped refer to Head restraints headrests in this section If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0671 Forward facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack 7 Check to make sure the chi
107. of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation do not leave chil dren people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle Additionally the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the windows is canceled LIC3238 Driver s side power window switch I p NHH 6 Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger side automatic switch Right rear passenger side Left rear passenger side Driver side automatic switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close all of the windows To open a window push the switch and continue to hold it down until the desired window position is reached To close a window pull the switch and continue to hold it up until the desired win dow position is reached WIC1129 S LIC2663 Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push
108. of this manual DRIVING THE VEHICLE CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive Ds Drive Sport or manual shift mode if so equipped Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Fail ure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control e Never shift to either the P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving forward and P Park or D Drive posi tion while the vehicle is reversing This could cause an accident or damage the transmission A CAUTION Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission e When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The CVT can operate in two different automatic drive modes D Drive mode Move the shift lever to D Drive the transmission is in the normal forward aut
109. operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the POWER button will start the iPod AUX button When the AUX button is pressed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button re peatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode LHA2907 Shuffle and repeat play mode Repeat Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle s audio system display screen is similar to the iPod interface Use the touch screen BACK button or the scrolling knob to navigate the menus on the screen When the iPod is playing touch the Menu key to bring up the iPod interface Depending on the iPod model the following items may be available on the menu list screen For additional information refer to the iPod Owner s Manual regarding each menu item e Playlists Artists Albums Genres Songs Composers Audiobooks Podcasts While the iPod is playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Touch the Shuffle key to apply a random play pattern to the iPod When the shuffle mode is active it will appear on the screen To cancel shuffle mode touch the Shuffle key until it is not displa
110. or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 35 SUN VISORS LPD2100 TILT OPERATION Pull the lock lever down 1 and adjust the steer ing wheel up or down 2 to the desired position Push the lock lever up Q firmly to lock the steering wheel in place TELESCOPIC OPERATION Pull the lock lever down 1 and adjust the steer ing wheel forward or backward 3 to the desired position Push the lock lever up 1 firmly to lock the steering wheel in place 3 36 Pre driving checks and adjustments WPD0344 To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 3 To extend if so equipped the sun visor slide in or out as needed A CAUTION Do not store the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position e Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward MIRRORS LPD2067 WPD0126 VANITY MIRRORS To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open MANUAL ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped U
111. pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injur ing yourself and others good 9 O D LSD2090 Overdrive off mode Overdrive O D OFF mode switch if so equipped When the O D switch is pushed with the shift lever in the D Drive position the rr light in the instrument panel illuminates For additional information refer to Overdrive off indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Use the Overdrive OFF mode when you need improved engine braking To turn off the Overdrive OFF mode push the O D OFF switch again The SFr indicator light will turn off Starting and driving 5 17 Each time the engine is started or when the shift lever is shifted to any position other than D Drive and Ds Drive Sport the Overdrive OFF mode will automatically turned off Accelerator downshift in D Drive position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed High fluid temperature protection mode This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mode If the fluid temperature be comes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperatures with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer engine power and under some conditions vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to re
112. satellite band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly muted 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play MEDIA button With a CD loaded press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well 144 p SEEK CAT Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the 44 SEEK button or P CAT button for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forwar
113. shift lever is in any of the driving positions 3 Push the ignition switch to the ON position Depress the brake pedal and push the igni tion switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position If the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion to start cranking the engine After five or six seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to LOCK After crank ing the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off 5 12 Starting and driving the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button ignition switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at lea
114. shoulder belt anchor to the desired position 2 so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into posi tion 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available for purchase The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with purchasing an ex tender if an extender is required AWARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result
115. speed use one of the following methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch The set vehicle speed will increase by approxi mately 5 mph 5 km h for Canada Push then quickly release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by approximately 1 mph 1 km h for Canada To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch The set vehicle speed will decrease by approxi mately 5 mph 5 km h for Canada Push then quickly release the COAST SET Switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by approximately 1 mph 1 km h for Canada To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RES switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 20 mph 32 km h LSD2484 I LSD2429 How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be se lected at any time depending on the traffic con ditions Each time the distance switch A is pushed the set distance will change to long average short and back to long again in that sequence Distance Approximate distance at 60 mph
116. steering 0c cece cece cette teeters 5 73 Tire EQUIPMENT c sisse n 5 83 Brake system ori delien En x gud edere dederas 5 73 Special winter equipment 55 5 84 Brake precautions isse ence eens 5 73 Driving on snow or ice 1 eee ee eee eee ees 5 84 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 74 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 84 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide A WARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all
117. step 3 Rear facing step 4 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2396 WRS0762 Rear facing step 5 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt LRS2397 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Checkto make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the se
118. switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated A chime will sound After Step 3 is performed when the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change to ACC 4 Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within ten seconds after the chime sounds The engine will start NOTE When the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position or the engine is started by the above procedure the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears in the vehicle information display even when the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle This is not a malfunction To turn off the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key again If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indi cator appears replace the battery as soon as possible For additional information refer to Battery Replacement in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approxi
119. system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury Once seat belt pretensioner s have ac tivated they cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT Both the driver s and passenger s front seats are equipped with a seat belt warning light The warning light locat
120. system will func tion later or will not function The automatic braking will cease under the fol lowing conditions When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary to avoid a collision When the accelerator pedal is depressed When there is no longer a vehicle detected ahead If the FEB system has stopped the vehicle the vehicle will remain at a standstill for approximately 2 seconds before the brakes are released Ty P Driving Assisance Driving Aids Parking Aids Emergency Braking Boom Z amp B m LSD2487 Starting and driving 5 55 TURNING THE FEB SYSTEM ON OFF Perform the following steps to turn the FEB sys tems ON or OFF 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display and then press ENTER button Use the button to select Driver Assistance Then press the OK button 2 Select Emergency Brake and press the ENTER button 3 Select System and press the ENTER but ton When the FEB system is turned off the FEB system warning light illuminates NOTE The FEB system will be automatically turned on when the engine is restarted The PFCW system if so equipped is inte grated into the FEB system There is not a separate selection in the vehicle information display for the PFCW system When the FEB is turned off the PFCW system is also turned off 5 56 Starting and driving FEB SYS
121. telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle NOTE Some devices require the user to accept connections to other Bluetooth devices however some phones do not connect au tomatically to the system For additional information refer to the phone s Owner s Manual You can connect up to five different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting instruc tions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal
122. temperature is ex tremely low even if manual shift mode is selected This is not a malfunction When CVT fluid warms up manual mode can be selected When the CVT fluid temperature is high the shift range may upshift in lower rpm than usual This is not a malfunction LSD2087 Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift lever button pushed It will be necessary to jump start or have your battery charged For additional information refer to Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual Contact a NISSAN dealer or a professional towing service To move the shift lever complete the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Using a protective cloth on the tip of a3 mm screwdriver remove the shift lock release cover If available a plastic trim tool can also be used 4 Insert the small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down 5 Move the shift lever to the N Neutral posi tion while holding down the shift lock re lease If the shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission as Soon as possible A WARNING If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is run ning and the brake
123. the Channels key to display a list of channels Touch a channel displayed on the list to change to that channel Touch the Categories key to display a list of categories Touch a cat egory displayed on the list to display options within that category Tuning with the touch screen When in AM or FM mode the radio can be tuned using the touch screen To bring up the visual tuner touch the Tune key on the lower right corner of the screen A screen appears with a bar running from low frequencies on the left to high frequencies on the right Touch the screen at the 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems location of the frequency you wish to tune and the station will change to that frequency To return to the regular radio display screen touch the OK key Tuning with the TUNE knob The radio can also be manually tuned using the TUNE knob When in FM or AM mode turn the TUNE knob to the left for lower frequencies or to the right for higher frequencies When in SXM mode turn the TUNE knob to change the chan nel x gt P SEEK TRACK tuning When in FM or AM mode press the 44 SEEK button or PPI TRACK button to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station When in SXM mode press the M4 SEEK but ton or FM TRACK button to change the cat egory LHA2899 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set fo
124. the system checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service Transmission Shift Position Indicator This indicator shows the transmission shift posi tion SECURITY SYSTEMS LICO301 Your vehicle may have two types of security sys tems Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors trunk liftgate or the hood when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key in the vehicle and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops A NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be
125. the P Park shift lever position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal should be depressed to move the shift lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the shift lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Ds Drive Sport if so equipped When the shift lever is shifted from the D Drive to Ds Drive Sport position the transmission enters the Ds Drive Sport mode Moving the shift lever to the Ds Drive Sport position allows you to enjoy sporty driving shift operation on a winding road and feel smooth acceleration or deceleration on a hilly road by moving in a lower gear automatically When canceling the DS mode
126. the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles Excessive noise e g audio system vol ume open vehicle window will inter fere with the chime sound and it may not be heard D EID CET LSD2043 Illustration 1 NOTE In the case of several vehicles approaching in a row Illustration 1 or in the opposite direction Illustration 2 a chime may not be sounded by the RCTA system after the first vehicle passes the sensors Starting and driving 5 33 LSD2044 Illustration 2 5 34 Starting and driving LSD2478 SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE When radar blockage is detected the system will be deactivated automatically The Side Radar Obstruction warning message will appear and the BSW RCTA indicator white will blink in the vehicle information display The systems are not available until the conditions no longer exist The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water mist or fog The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors NOTE If the BSW system stops working the RCTA system will also stop working Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist the system will resume automatically Malfunction When the RCTA system malfunctions it will turn off automatically The system malfunction warn ing message with the BSW RCTA indicator or
127. the antenna with a dampened soft cloth NISSANCONNECT MOBILE APPS if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with Smartphone Inte gration technology This allows many compatible Smartphone applications to be displayed and easily controlled through the vehicle s touch Screen NOTE A compatible smartphone and registration is required to use mobile applications or to access connected features of certain ve hicle applications REGISTERING WITH NISSANCONNECT MOBILE APPS To use the Smartphone Integration feature it is necessary for the user to register In order to register visit the NissanConnect M Mobile App website www nissanusa com connect or www canada nissanconnect com For Canada and sign up or create an account through the prompts on the NissanConnect Mobile App Once regis tered download the NissanConnect App from your compatible phone s application download source and then log into the application If you already have an account created through the App please log in CONNECT PHONE To use this feature a compatible smartphone must be connected via Bluetooth or USB to the vehicle For additional information on connecting your phone refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section NOTE For vehicles with Navigation Apple iP hones must be plugged in via USB for NissanConnect with Mobile Apps to func tion NOTE For vehicles without Navigation App
128. the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2032 or equiva lent Do nottouch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the case iet WDIO568 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated with C and D 5 Operate the buttons to check the operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s au thority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb if so equipped If bulb repl
129. the side of the road This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The ICC sensor may detect these objects when the vehicle is driven on winding roads narrow roads hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle Also the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condition for example if a vehicle is being driven with some damage weis SSD0252 ICC SYSTEM LIMITATIONS A WARNING Listed below are the system limitations for the ICC system Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death The ICC system is primarily intended for use on straight dry open roads with light traffic It is not advisable to use the ICC system in city traffic or congested areas The ICC system will not adapt automati cally to road conditions This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog As there is a performance limit to the distance control function never rely solely on the ICC system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absentminded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Decelerate the vehi
130. the switch to the first detent 1 and continue to hold it down until the desired window position is reached To close the window pull the switch to the first detent 2 and continue to hold it up until the desired window position is reached Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down 1 To close the window pull the switch up 2 Locking passengers windows When the window lock switch is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function Instruments and controls 2 47 tf E LICO410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation pull the switch up to the second detent and release it it need not be held To stop the window press the switch down while the window is closing 2 48 Instruments and controls Auto reverse function If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be imme diately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when t
131. the top tether strap over the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf behind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult a NISSAN dealer for details AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag For addi tional information refer to Front passen ger air bag and status light in this section 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e WRS0699 Forward facin
132. the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers APPS INFORMATION SiriusXM Traffic Si p Travel Link B Voice Commands einge NissanConnect Services LHA3711 Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the aPPSti button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 PHONE amp BLUETOOTH SETTINGS Phone Settings Connect New Device Select Connected Device Replace Connected Device Delete Connected Device LHA2844 4 Touch the Connect New Device key 5 The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model For additional information refer to the cellular phone Own ers Manual You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition sys
133. them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas it is recommended you consult a NISSAN dealer LAI2001 License plate bracket padding 1 License plate 2 Trunk 3 License plate frame 4 Padding A CAUTION A license plate frame could vibrate and cause noise or paint damage To avoid damage or noise add a soft adhesive pad with a maximum thickness of 1 8 in 4 mm to the back lower edge of the license plate frame Appearance and care 7 7 MEMO 7 8 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements eese 8 2 General maintenance 0 0 0 beeen eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautions sse eene 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling system senises ie ore enis 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 8 10 Changing engine coolant 0 8 10 ENJINS Olies ous eheipexee ew rra Meee ds 8 11 Checking engine oil level 000 8 11 Changing engine oil lseleeeeeseeses 8 12 Changing engine oil fi
134. this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test For additional infor mation refer to Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The MIL will come on in one of two ways MIL on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display If the fuel filler cap is loose or miss ing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 7 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the C3 light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Instruments and controls 2 15 MIL blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage do not drive at speeds above 45 mph 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The MIL may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your veh
135. tire dressing manufacturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturers recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens A WARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can dam age the seat or occupant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish e Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent
136. tire wear and lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine oil For additional information refer to Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Starting and driving 5 71 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS 3 cS c3 c3 WSD0050 A WARNING Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Fail ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re sult in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal 5 72 Starting and driving Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems do not leave children people who require the assis tance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle Additionally the tempera ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when park
137. to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death Starting and driving 5 81 e Read and understand the limitations of the sonar system as contained in this section Inclement weather may affect the function of the sonar system this may include reduced performance or a false activation The system is deactivated at speeds above 6 mph 10 km h It is reactivated at lower speeds Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash a truck s compressed air brakes or a pneumatic drill may affect the function of the system this may include reduced performance or a false activation e The system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects Always move slowly The system will not detect small objects below the bum per or on the ground The system may not detect the follow ing objects Fluffy objects such as snow cloth cotton glass wool etc Thin objects such as rope wire and chain etc or wedge shaped objects 5 82 Starting and driving The system may not detect objects at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE When sonar blockage is detected the system will be deactivated automatically The system is not available until the conditions no longer exist The sonar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such a
138. two sixty two hundred Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six two zero zero nxn Say pound for Say star for avail able when using the Special Number com mand and the Send command during a call For additional information refer to List of voice commands and Special number in this section Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three Say plus for available only when using the Special Number command Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phonebook number NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please use the Help command to get information on how to use the system Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed back to speak the next command by pressing the C button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep before speaking your command One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For
139. under NISSAN s New Vehicle Limited Warranty When checking or replacement of CVT fluid is required we recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing POWER STEERING FLUID LDI2752 Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked when the fluid is cold at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C The fluid level can be checked with the level gauge which is attached to the cap To check the fluid level remove the cap The fluid level should be between the MAX and MIN lines If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN E PSF or equivalent Remove the cap and fill through the opening AWARNING Power steering fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked con tainers out of the reach of children A CAUTION e DO NOT OVERFILL e Use of a power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E PSF or equivalent will prevent the power steering system from operating properly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 BRAKE FLUID LDI2753 For additional information on brake fluid specifi cation refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING e Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability
140. upright and weil back SSS0134 SSS0014 AA WARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly A WARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 e Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt e Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts e If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service e No changes should be made to the seat belt
141. uses a radar sensor 1 located on the front of the vehicle to measure the dis tance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane Starting and driving 5 53 Visual D2486 5 54 Starting and driving 1 Vehicle ahead detection indicator 2 FEB system warning light FEB SYSTEM OPERATION The FEB system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds above approximately 3 mph 5 km h If a risk of a forward collision is detected the FEB system will provide an initial warning to the driver by both a visual and audible alert If the driver applies the brakes quickly and force fully after the warning and the FEB system de tects that there is still the possibility of a forward collision the system will automatically increase the braking force If the driver does not take action the FEB system issues the second visual warning and audible warning and also applies partial braking If the risk of a collision becomes imminent the FEB system applies harder braking automatically NOTE The vehicle s brake lights come on when braking is performed by the forward emer gency braking system Depending on vehicle speed and distance to the vehicle ahead as well as driving and roadway conditions the system may help the driver avoid a forward collision or may help mitigate the conse quences of a collision should one be unavoid able If the driver is handling the steering wheel accelerating or braking the FEB
142. win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear vent windows lift gates doors and trunk lids if so equipped closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with one of these open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem ar
143. with the NISSAN Voice Recog nition System Phone Notifications for Touch Driver to have phone notifications shown in the vehicle information display Se lect Both to have phone notifications shown in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Text Messaging Touch to toggle the text message function ality on or off Show Incoming Text for Touch Driver to have incoming text notifi cations shown in the vehicle information dis play Touch Both to have text notifications shown in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Touch Off to turn off all text notifications Auto Reply Touch to toggle the auto reply functionality on or off Auto Reply Message Touch to indicate preferred message to be sent when Auto Reply function is activated Use Vehicle s Signature Touch to toggle on or off the addition of the vehicle signature to outgoing messages Custom Text Messages Touch this option to select a custom mes sage to edit There are 4 customer message slots available Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle such as the phone and navigation systems To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press the 4 button located on the steering wheel When prompted
144. x 7 0J 1 97 50 Aluminum 17 x 7 5J 1 97 50 Aluminum 18 x 7 5J 2 17 55 T type ST spare 16x4T 1 57 40 T type ST AL 16x 4T 1 18 30 spare Tire size 2 5 and 2 5 S models P215 60R16 only 2 5 SV and SL models P215 55R17 only 2 5 SR and 3 5 SR SL P235 45R18 models only Spare tire T135 70D16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length in mm 191 9 4 874 Overall width in mm 72 0 1 830 Overall height 25L Base and S models only in mm 57 8 1 467 SV and SL models only in mm 57 8 1 469 SR models only in mm 58 1 474 3 5L SL and SR models only in mm 57 9 1 473 Front and Rear track TSL Base S SV and SL models only in mm 62 4 1 585 25L SR model only in mm 62 0 1 575 35L SL and SR models only Wheelbase in mm 109 3 2 775 Gross vehicle weight rating lb kg Refer to the F M Gross axle weight rating V S S C M V S S Front Ib kg certification label Rear Ib kg on the center pil lar between the driver s side front and rear doors Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not ava
145. 0 Type A if so equipped HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting D Rotate the switch to the D position and the front parking tail license plate and in strument panel lights will come on Rotate the switch to the O position and the headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on zoo Q gt LIC3241 LIC3237 Type B if so equipped Type C if so equipped ACAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Instruments and controls 2 33 LIC3188 Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically The autolight system can Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights when it is light Keep all the lights on for a period of time after you turn the ignition to OFF and all doors are closed 2 34 Instruments and controls Turn on the headlights if the windshield wip ers make four continuous passes within one minute of the first pass if so equipped The headlights remain on until the wipers are turned off for longer that 3 seconds To turn on the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion D 2 Turn the ignition ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initiall
146. 0 Door Open 11 Trunk Open Instruments and controls 2 25 12 13 14 15 16 15 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 2 26 Timer Alert Time for a driver break Low Outside Temperature Power will turn off to save the battery CVT Error See Owner s Manual Reminder Turn OFF headlights Low Oil Pressure See Owner s Manual Key Registration Complete Tire Pressure Low Add Air TPMS Error See Owner s Manual Parking Sensor Error See Owner s Manual if so equipped Push brake and start button to drive Loose Fuel Cap I Key System Error See Owner s Manual Intelligent Cruise Control ICC indicators if so equipped Blind Spot Warning BSW and Rear Cross Traffic Alert RCTA indicator if so equipped Malfunction See Owner s Manual if so equipped Transmission Shift Position Indicator Instruments and controls No Key Detected This warning appears when the Intelligent Key is left outside the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position Make sure the Intelli gent Key is inside the vehicle Key ID Incorrect This warning appears when the ignition switch is placed from the OFF position and the Intelligent Key is not recognized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key For additional information refer to NISSAN In telligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Shift to Park This warning illum
147. 1 BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To access the phone settings PHONE amp BLUETOOTH SETTINGS Phone Settings Connect New Device 2 Touch the Settings key 1 Press the apes button Select Connected Device 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key Replace Connected Device Delete Connected Device LHA2844 Phone Settings iti information refer to Phone settings in this section for additional information Connect New Device Select to connect a new Bluetooth device to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 4 112 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems PHONE SETTINGS To access the phone settings Press the aPPs button Touch the Settings key Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key Touch the Phone Settings key and adjust the following settings as desired Start Siri by Touch Short Press or Long Press to set how Siri is operated on the steering wheel Sort Phonebook By Touch First Name or Last Name to choose how phonebook entries are alpha betically displayed on the screen Use Phonebook From Touch Handset to use the phone s phone book Touch SIM to use the phonebook on the SIM card Select Both to use both sources Download Phonebook Now Touch to download the phonebook to the vehicle from the chosen source Record Name for Phonebook Entry Touch to record a name for a phonebook entry for use
148. 1 over the seatback 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the rear parcel shelf behind the child restraint 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 3 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult a NISSAN dealer for details A WARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision BOOSTER SEATS For additional information on installing a booster seat in your vehicle follow the instructions out lined in this section Precautions on booster seats AWARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s LRS2479 LRS0453 arm A Low
149. 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice Frequency bands 24 05GHz 24 25GHz Output power less than 20 milliwatts 5 28 Starting and driving REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT RCTA if so equipped AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use of the RCTA could result in serious injury or death The RCTA system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with ve hicles or objects When backing out of a parking space always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move Never rely solely on the RCTA system The RCTA system will assist you when backing out from a parking space When the vehicle is in reverse the system is designed to detect other vehicles approaching from the right or left of the vehicle If the system detects cross traffic it will alert you LSD2476 1 Side BSW RCTA Indicator Light 2 BSW RCTA Indicator RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION The RCTA system can help alert the driver of an approaching vehicle when the driver is backing out of a parking space When the shift position is in R Reverse and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 mph 8 km h the RCTA system is operational If the radar detects an approaching vehicle from either side the
150. 128 characters 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian Displeyablo ohafagter GOHBS 9 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright P d li Check if the disc is scratched or dirty siia
151. 2 28 Instruments and controls I Key System Error See Owner s Manual After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off The I Key System Error message warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible Intelligent Cruise Control ICC indicators if so equipped These indicators show the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system status The status is shown by the color For additional information refer to Intelligent Cruise Control ICC System in the Starting and driving section of this manual Blind Spot Warning BSW and Rear Cross Traffic Alert RCTA indicator if so equipped This indicator shows when the BSW and RCTA systems are engaged For additional information refer to Blind Spot Warning BSW if so equipped and Rear Cross Traffic Alert RCTA if so equipped in the Starting and driving section of this manual Malfunction See Owner s Manual if so equipped This warning appears when one or more of the following systems if so equipped is not func tioning properly Forward Emergency Braking FEB Blind Spot Warning BSW If one or more of these warning appears have
152. 4 10 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIICl ua ae baw Fw a Pee RU S 2 32 Recommended Fluids 9 2 Recorders Event Data coa o s o o o e 9 20 Refrigerant recommendation 9 7 Registering a vehicle in another country 9 10 Remote Start sss sors 3 28 5 12 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 S Safety Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Child seat belts 1 22 1 28 1 34 1 39 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 3 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 Rear seat adjustment 1 6 Seatback pockets 00 2 42 Seat belt Child safety 2o RR 1 19 Infants and small children 1 20 Injured Person esses 1 15 Larger children sess 1 20 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 12 Pregnant women sss 1 15 Seat belt extenders 1 18 Seat belt maintenance 1 19 Seatbelts 000 1 12 7 6 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 18 Three point type with retractor 1 15 Seat belt extenders 1 18 Seat belt warning light 1 14 2 14 Seats Adjustment 2 2 ways tk eni dew ox ALS 1 2 Amrests ge eer ran 1 7 Front Seats os sa xo RR Roms 1 2 Heated seats ses 2 37 Manual front seat adjustment 1 3 Rearseat lees 1 6 Seats floor mats os sore shoi aoi a 7 5
153. 55 SXM settings To view the SXM settings 1 Press the apPs button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the SXM key The signal strength activation status and other information are displayed on the screen FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing SXM band select Pressing the SXM button will change the band as follows SXM1 SXM2 SXM3 SXM1 satellite if so equipped When the SXM button is pressed while the igni tion switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the last station played The last station played will also come on when the VOL volume control knob is pressed to turn the radio on When the SXM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXMQ Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the SXM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on While the radio is in SXM mode the operation can be controlled through the touch screen Touch
154. 6 5 60 Starting and driving 1 Vehicle ahead detection indicator 2 FEB system warning light 15t vehicle LSD2263 PFCW SYSTEM OPERATION The PFCW system operates at speeds above approximately 3 mph 5 km h If there is a potential risk of a forward collision the PFCW system will warn the driver by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator and sounding an audible alert Starting and driving 5 61 TU P Driving Assisance Driving Aids Parking Aids Emergency Braking 00m amp B n LSD2487 5 62 Starting and driving TURNING THE PFCW SYSTEM ON OFF Perform the following steps to turn the PFCW system ON or OFF T 3 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display and then press ENTER button Use the button to select Driver Assistance Then press the ENTER button Select Emergency Brake and press the ENTER button Select System and press the ENTER but ton When the PFCW system is turned off the FEB system warning light illuminates NOTE The PFCW system will be automatically turned on when the engine is restarted The PFCW system if so equipped is inte grated into the FEB system There is not a separate selection in the vehicle information display for the PFCW system When the FEB is turned off the PFCW system is also turned off PFCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS LSD2312 Illustr
155. 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK amp FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS Canadian radio frequency laws require transmit ter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during training Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to tim eout in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties training a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Training procedures replace Programming HomeLink amp Step 2 with the fol lowing NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components 1 For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink step 1 in this sec tion 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button During train ing your hand held transmitter may auto matically stop transmitting Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapi
156. ANCE The two radar sensors 1 for the BSW and RCTA systems are located near the rear bumper Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water mist or fog The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors Do not attach stickers including transparent ma terial install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors It is recommended you consult a NISSAN dealer if the area around the radar sen sors is damaged due to a collision Radio frequency statement For USA FCC OAYSRR2B This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation FCC Warning Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment Starting and driving 5 27 For Canada Applicable law Canada 310 This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions
157. ANUAL This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend ing on model trim level options selected order date of production region or availability There fore you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications performance design or compo nent suppliers without notice and without obliga tion From time to time NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up to date information regarding your vehicle Current versions of vehicle Owner s Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https owners nissanusa com nowners navigation manualsGuide If you have ques tions concerning any information in your Owner s Manual contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs See the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner s Manual for contact informa tion IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways A WARNING This
158. Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information DE DEALER E P ROCESS 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Exteriot frOntizicciceceriectegatneaseent emda ene 0 3 Exterior re
159. Airflow charts 2220 esses de A eS e nieces 4 20 Heater and Air Conditioner automatic if so equipped 60 cece ee cece eee Automatic operation siseses csi c eee Manual operation 0 sne si siinse eee Operating tips ceres er era eens nea mm vee Servicing air conditioner 00 0008 Audio system i i tese s Rotem esca Radio uei e E N arn ec bte ar FM radio reception 0000 cece eI AM radio reception cacci 0 cece eee eee Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautions 000 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped 0 cece eee eee FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped isses FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type C if so equipped cece eee eee FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped sse FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped suse USB Universal Serial Bus connection port models without Navigation System if so equipped 6 eee eee teens USB Universal Serial Bus connection port models with Navigation System if so equipped 6 cece eect eee iPod player operation without Navigation System if so equipped n 0 cece eee eee eee iPod player operation with Navigation System if so equipped 0 cece eee eee Bluetooth
160. CH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer 1 25 LRS0662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint WRS0797 Top tether anchor point locations The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts For ad ditional information refer to Installing top tether strap in this section 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the dama
161. DISP display button changes 16 MEDIA button 17 FMAM button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 ENTER SETTING button Press the ENTER SETTING button to show the Settings screen on the display Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER SETTING button to make a selection Treble Balance Fade Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume Adjusts the Speed Sensitive Volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in creases in relation to vehicle speed Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume adjust the value Press the ENTER SETTING button again to set the value RDS Display Toggles ON or OFF the RDS information displayed on the screen while the radio is playing Select the desired language for the system from the available options Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted
162. ISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Engine coolant f VOSSDE 2 378 gal Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 ONLY in NISSAN CVTs Do not mix with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid Sac ae iia sone ciis ag CVT Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN s New Vehicle Limited Warranty Refill to the proper level according to the instruc Genuine NISSAN E PSF or equivalent tions in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec Use of a power steering fluid other than Genuine tion of this manual NISSAN E PSF will prevent the power steering system See a NISSAN dealer for service from operating properly Power steering fluid PSF 9 2 Technical and consumer information Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Impmeasure Uter Dune the propor lel according toine strie Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 3 or tions in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec i equivalent DOT 3 tion of this manual n See a NISSAN dealer for service 3 Available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base HFC 134a R 134a Air conditioning system refrigerant For additional information refer to Air conditioner sys tem refrigerant and oil recommendations in this section
163. LL knob to adjust the setting up or down Models without navigation 1 Firmly apply the brake and place the shift lever in R reverse 2 Press the ENTER SETTING button 3 Turn the TUNE FOLDER or TUNE SCROLL knob to highlight the Brightness or Con trast option 4 Press the ENTER SETTING button 5 Adjust the level using the TUNE FOLDER or TUNE SCROLL knob and then press the ENTER SETTING button to apply the ad justment NOTE Do not adjust any of the display settings of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS AWARNING Listed below are the system limitations for RearView Monitor Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death e The system cannot completely elimi nate blind spots and may not show ev ery object 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below the bumper and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the r
164. NING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN
165. NOTE Changing ignition switch status during the refueling process may cause a delay in fuel gauge response LPD2082 LPD2090 To remove the fuel filler cap 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder 1 while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard LOOSE FUEL CAP warning The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display when the fuel filler capis not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as soon as possible For additional information refer to Fuel filler cap in this section 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks STEERING WHEEL A WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious
166. OOR UE LH OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler door release is located below the instrument panel To open the fuel filler door pul the release To lock close the fuel filler door securely LPD2022 FUEL FILLER CAP A WARNING e Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling e Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire e Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the 7 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to come on e Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground whe
167. PMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS the TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire Starting and driving 5 3 The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted on all four tires After all four tires are inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The Check Tire Pressur
168. Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the NISSAN Voice Rec ognition session You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the NISSAN Voice Recognition session Whenever the NISSAN Voice Recognition session is can celled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system f you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the Volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the fx button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the 4 button and after the tone say Call Redial How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for O Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six
169. Service and Maintenance Guide Tire This indicator appears when the customer set distance is reached for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires Other This indicator appears when the customer set distance is reached for checking or replacing maintenance items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires Other maintenance items can include such things as air filter or tire rotation The distance for checking or replacing the items can be set or reset Alarms The Alarms menu allows the user to set various alerts Outside Temp Allows user to turn the Outside Temp alarm ON OFF Allows user to set the Timer Alert for a specific interval Navigation if so equipped Allows user to turn the Navigation alarm ON OFF Language The language menu allows the user to change the languages displayed in the vehicle information display Allows user to select a language in which the vehicle information display will be shown Instruments and controls 2 23 Unit The Unit menu allows the user to change the units shown in the vehicle information display Allows user to select different mileage display units Allows user to select different pressure display units Allows user to select different temperature display units Welcome Effect The Welcome Effect menu allows the user to customize the Welcome Effect feature Welcome Effect Allows user to turn the Welcome Effect ON OFF Factory Reset
170. Speed Sensitive Volume adjusts the volume of the audio system as the vehicle s driving speed changes It can be set as follows OFF LOW MID HIGH DISP display button Press the DISP display button while a CD is playing to change the text shown in the audio display as follows For CDs Running Time Album Title Artist Name Song Title For MP3 CDs Running Time Folder Title Album Title Artist Name Song Title If the text information is too long to fully be dis played on the screen press and hold the DISP button for longer than 1 5 seconds to scroll through the rest of the text Press the DISP display button while the radio is playing to toggle the audio display between sta tion number and RDS Clock operation To turn the clock display on or off press the MENU button repeatedly until Clock appears on the display Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to toggle the setting ON or OFF 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Clock set 1 Press the MENU button repeatedly until Adjust Clock NO appears on the display 2 Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to change to Adjust Clock YES 3 Press the MENU button 4 When Change Hour appears turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the hours 5 Press MENU button 6 When Change Minute appears turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust minutes 7 Press MENU button to finish The display will return t
171. Store the head restraint headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 o CN LRS2303 WRS0134 LRS2351 INSTALL 1 Align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint headrest is facing the correct direction The stalk with the notch notches D must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion ADJUST For adjustable head restraint headrest Adjust the head restraint headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system For non adjustable head restraint headrest Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position LRS2305 LRS2306 Raise To raise the head restraint headrest pull it up Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob
172. TEM LIMITATIONS A WARNING Listed below are the system limitations for the FEB system Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death The FEB system cannot detect all ve hicles under all conditions The radar sensor does not detect the following objects Pedestrians animals or obstacles in the roadway Oncoming vehicles Crossing vehicles The radar sensor has some perfor mance limitations If a stationary ve hicle is in the vehicles s path the FEB system will not function when the ve hicle is driven at speeds over approxi mately 50 mph 80 km h The radar sensor may not detect a ve hicle ahead in the following conditions Dirt ice snow or other material cov ering the radar sensor Interference by other radar sources Snow or road spray from traveling vehicles If the vehicle ahead is narrow e g motorcycle When driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves In some road or traffic conditions the FEB system may unexpectedly apply partial braking When acceleration is necessary continue to depress the ac celerator pedal to override the system Braking distances increase on slippery surfaces The system is designed to automatically check the sensor s functionality within certain limitations The system may not detect some forms of obstructions of the sensor area such as ice sn
173. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments Replace the battery with a new one For The Key low battery indicator appears in the The battery charge is low additional information refer to Batteiy in display the Maintenance and do it yourself sec When pushing the ignition switch to start tion of this manual the engine The KEY ID Incorrect warning appears i n the display the outside chime sounds three times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds When pushing the ignition switch The Intelligent Key system warning light in It warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Contact a NISSAN dealer the meter illuminates in yellow Key system The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY WITHOUT DOOR AND TRUNK REQUEST SWITCHES AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect elec tric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communi cation systems Do not operate the In telligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unin tentionally when the unit is stor
174. The trunk release button will not operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the trunk cancel switch if so equipped is in the OFF position For additional information refer to Cancel switch in this section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 The panic alarm stops when t has run for a period of time or Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key The request switch on the driver or passen ger door has been pushed and the Intelligent Key is in range of the door handle WPD0361 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 1 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments WPD0362 Answer back horn feature If desired the answer back horn feature can be deactivated using the Intelligent Key When it is deactivated and the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator lights flash twice When the UNLOCK buttonis pushed nei ther the hazard indicator lights nor the horn op erates NOTE If you change the answer back horn and light flash feature with the Intelligent Key the vehicle information display screen will show the current mode after the ignition switch has been cycled from the OFF to the ON
175. VISOR sis Goals REIR REOR A WU RS Ec B Rn 3 36 Voice Prompt Interrupt 4 83 4 96 4 97 4 108 Voice recognition system 4 114 Ww Warning Air bag warning light 1 59 2 14 Anti lock brake warning light 2 11 Battery charge warning light 2 11 Blind Spot Warning BSW warning light ox nine ea ee a 5 19 Brake warning light 2 11 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Loose fuel cap warning 2 28 Low fuel warning light 2 14 2 27 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Low windshield washer fluid warning light xxm mE EE ERROR S 2 27 Passenger air bag and status light 1 51 Seat belt warning light 1 14 2 14 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 59 2 14 Vehicle security system 2 29 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders cuu o oor we 2 10 2 15 Warning labels for SRS 1 59 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 5 x cue ae ee x UR 2 10 2 15 Audible reminders 2 10 2 15 Indicator lights sss 2 10 2 15 Warning lights Warning lights Weights See dimensions and weights Wheels and tires Wheel tire size When traveling or registering in another Locking passengers windows Power rear windows Power windows Rear power windows Windshield washer fluid Windshield wiper blades Wiper and washer switch GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unle
176. Vehicle Immobilizer System keys DOOIS s ureaspapeEibqtsamk meque cers dela wine Locking With Key cese mmm tbt e Locking with inside lock knob ssssee Locking with power door lock switch Automatic door locks ssor ereen orinstyre neri Child safety rear door lock lusus NISSAN Intelligent Key With Door and Trunk Request Switches 0 cece eee eee eee Operating range Door locks unlocks precaution suus NISSAN Intelligent Key operation How to use the remote keyless entry INCOR 23e onset S ded dne dac ise daran Warning signals eed entere be Troubleshooting guide ccc eee NISSAN Intelligent Key Without Door and Trunk Request Switches 0 0 cece eee eee sai Operating range ec eee eene How to use the remote keyless entry TUNCUON cin sista eerta meses Laconia Warning signials 222 edes eR chorea Troubleshooting guide cee eee Remote Engine Start if so equipped 3 28 Remote engine start operating range 3 28 Remote starting the vehicle 008 3 28 Extending engine run time 00e eee 3 29 Canceling a remote start 0 00 3 29 Conditions the remote start will not work 3 29 HOO Em 3 30 Trunk lid sche RR ert REY ELE RE REIR 3 81 Opener operation des rayi mea Ree ee 3 31 Interior trunk lid release
177. a nette jeu ssa a os 2 50 Console light 2 51 Map lighis sies rr ERE Re wae antes 2 51 Personal lights siriu eere Pek oan meu 2 52 Tr rikelighit seii rore EP abeo Prev Ebr PS HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped Programming HomeLink amp Lees Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate Openers sssssss Operating the HomeLink universal lranSCelVer ivecesesxe ko Rr e e be p ded Programming trouble diagnosis Clearing the programmed information Reprogramming a single HomeLink button If your vehicle is Stolen sses 6 see e INSTRUMENT PANEL 2221 20 19 18 17 16 15 gt gt C 14 13 12 LII2360 2 2 Instruments and controls 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Instrument brightness control P 2 33 Trip computer reset switch P 2 3 Vents P 4 16 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 33 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 42 Horn P 2 37 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Paddle shift controls if so equipped P 5 13 Wiper and washer switch P 2 31 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 42 Navigation system if so equipped P 4 4 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 42 Glove box P 2 42 Power outlet P 2 40 Heater and air conditioner P 4 17 Shift lever P 5 13 USB connection po
178. acement is required see a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed e Only touch the base when handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could significantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance e High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Use the same number and wattage as shown in the chart Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer Replacing the LED headlight bulb if so equipped If LED headlight bulb replacement is required it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service FOG LIGHTS if so equipped Replacing the fog light bulb Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 LDI2940 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 Disconnect the negative battery
179. acing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle If a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle Low tire pressure warning light may illuminate in the following cases lf the vehicle equipped with a wheel and tire without TPMS e f the TPMS has been replaced and the ID has not been registered f the wheel is not originally specified by NISSAN FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undes
180. ad while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane f you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic A WARNING The following actions can incr
181. ade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI2731 If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle D This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied A WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affec
182. aded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 ACAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty Do not use fuel that contains the octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl man ganese tricarbonyl MMT Using fuel containing MMT may adversely affect vehicle performance and vehicle emis sions Not all fuel dispensers are la beled to indicate MMT content so you may have to consult your gasoline re tailer for more details Note that Fed eral and California laws prohibit the use of MMT in reformulated gasoline e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional information refer to Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities
183. ads heavier than 2 2 Ibs 1 kg on the seatback head restraint headrest or in the seatback pocket WIC0374 WIC1120 LICO702 GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle Use the master key when locking 1 or unlocking the glove box AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop CONSOLE BOX Upper half Pull up on the driver s side latch to open the upper half of the console box The upper half of the console box may be used for storage of cellular phones An access hole is provided at the front of the upper half of the console box for phone cord routing to the power outlet Lower half Pull up on the passenger s side latch to open the lower half of the console box A power outlet is located inside the console box Instruments and controls 2 43 LIC2312 SUNGLASSES HOLDER To open the sunglasses holder push and release Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder AWARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to avoid obstructing the driver s view and to help prevent an accident 2 44 Instruments and controls A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses LIC2298 Front CUP HOLDERS LIC2297
184. ains or cables must be attached only to main structural members of the vehicle e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle e Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle e Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice Rocking a stuck vehicle A WARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure il Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires In case of emergency 6 13 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator p
185. akers or https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang fra French speakers Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 Technical and consumer information 9 19 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 secon
186. al The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a Genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION e Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause dam age to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expect
187. all Speak Digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call For additional information refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number in this section Special Number For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the NISSAN Voice Recognition System session Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the NISSAN Voice Recognition System session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the 4 button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the NISSAN Voice Recognition session and returns to the call
188. all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model QR25DE VOS5DE Type Oylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke in mm Displacement cu in cm Firing order Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC 4 oylinder in line 6 cylinder V block Slanted at 60 3 5 x 3 9 89 0 x 100 0 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 151 82 2 488 213 45 3 498 1 3 4 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed CVT in N position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle No adjustment is necessary Spark plug Spark plug gap Nominal FXE20HE 11C FXE22HR 11 0 043 1 1 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information Timing chain Timing chain WHEELS AND TIRES Wheel type Size Offset in mm Steel 16 x 7 0J 1 97 50 Aluminum 16
189. als reci ide VE IR LERERGG ued e RIA 0 4 Passenger compartment 0 00sec eee eee eae 0 5 Instrument panel 2 2 re e nets 0 6 Engine compartment check locations Warning and indicator lights AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 0 2 Illustrated table of contents 10 11 12 Top tether strap anchor P 1 22 Rear seat belts P 1 12 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag P 1 42 Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag P 1 42 Head restraints headrests P 1 7 Front seat belt with pretensioner s and shoulder height adjuster P 1 12 1 42 Side impact pressure sensor driver s side shown passenger s side similar P 1 42 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 42 Front seats P 1 2 Occupant classification sensor weight sensor P 1 42 Rear seats P 1 2 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 22 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details EXTERIOR FRONT 1 w gt o N o a LII2378 aoRON gt Power windows P 2 46 Windshield P 8 23 Wiper and washer switch P 2 31 Engine hood P 3 30 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 33 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 33 Replacing bulbs P 8 29 Tire pressure P 8 34 Flat tire P 6 3 Tire chains P 8 34 Mirrors P 3 37 Door locks P 3 4
190. an be accessed from device lock screen On your phone go to Settings gt Touch ID amp Passcode or Passcode on some older devices Switch on the steering wheel Scroll down to Allow Access When Locked section Confirm the setting for Siri activation on the audio headunit If the setting is Long Press a press and hold of 1 5 seconds on the steering wheel switch is required to start Siri If the setting is Short Press a short press and release of the switch should start Siri Audio Source does not For best results use the native Music app Performance of music control function while using Podcasts Audiobook or other 3rd party music apps may change automatically to vary iPod or Bluetooth Audio For best results play media already stored on your device Streaming music or playback from cloud storage may degrade performance mode Check other audio sources manually by pressing the Source button on the radio or steering wheel switch Play pause next track previ For best results use the native Music app Performance of music control function while using Podcasts Audiobook or other 3rd party music apps may ous track or play timer does vary and is controlled by the device not work Cannot hear any music Confirm audio source is set to Bluetooth Audio or iPod mode A USB connection is required for iPod mode audio from iPhone Cannot hear map turn by Confirm audio source is set to Bluetooth Audio or iPod mode A USB connec
191. ancy of the factory fill cool ant For additional information refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 LDI2750 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level amp If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself coolant or the use of non distilled water will re duce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant For additional information refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide For additional information on the location of the engine coolant reservoir refer to Engine com partment check locations in this section If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performa
192. and correctly 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example with the windows open or the defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place 4 118 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MEMO Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 119 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0555 5 2 Three way catalyst 2 liess en 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover sisse 5 6 Off road recovery lesse 5 7 Rapid air pressure loss lt seison sisse 5 7 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 8 Push Button Ignition Switch 00 5 8 Operating r nge cc ietie cr ERRORES RR Ren e 5 9 Push button ignition switch positions 5 9 Emergency engine shut off 0 008 5 10 NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge 5 10 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 5 11 Before starting the engine iissesseessse 5 11 Starting the engine 2 ores hee deem 5 12 Remote start if so equipped ssssuueue 5 12 Driving the vehicle 2 eee reme 5 13 Continuously Var
193. and down 4 Push and hold the switch to the open posi tion 2 to fully tilt the moonroof down 5 Check if the moonroof switch operates nor mally If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the moonroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it moves to the front the moonroof will immediately open backward Instruments and controls 2 49 When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it tilts down the moonroof will im mediately tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the moonroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds aft
194. ange 3 8 3 21 Key operation lene 3 10 Mechanical key 04 3 3 Remote keyless entry operation 3 13 3 21 Troubleshooting guide 3 18 3 26 Warning signals 3 18 3 26 Interiorlight s s s m ehem 2 50 Interior trunk lid release 2 ee 3 32 iPod Player s waged 4 65 4 67 ISOFIX child restraints 1 24 J Jump starting s cn ee e a 6 8 8 19 K Key ea eae ee aa Re ed REOR 3 2 Key fob battery replacement 8 27 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 13 3 21 Keys NISSAN Intelligent Key 3 2 3 20 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System C ec as He eS a a le Kw a 3 4 L Label Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 12 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 12 Engine serial number 9 11 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 10 4 Warning labels for SRS 1 59 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEME 28 ol o ve ee eee de ee UAE d 1 24 License plate Installing the license plate 9 13 Light Air bag warning light 1 59 2 14 Brake light See stop light 8 31 Bulb check instru
195. arning appears stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressures of all four tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label For additional information refer to Low tire pressure warning light in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 27 TPMS Error See Owner s Manual This warning appears when there is an error with your TPMS If this warning comes on have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Parking Sensor Error See Owner s Manual if so equipped This warning illuminates when there is an error with the system For additional information refer to Front and rear sonar system in the Starting and driving section of this manual Push brake and start button to drive This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the P Park position This indicator also appears when the vehicle has been started with the remote start function if so equipped This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed You can start the engine from any position of the ignition switch Loose Fuel Cap This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled For additional information refer to Fuel filler cap in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual
196. ase use manual con trols to continue Use manual controls to change the active phone from among the listed phones connected to the vehicle For additional information refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation Sys tem in this section NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the Navigation System Street Address address Points of Interest name POI by Category Home Address Book Previous Destinations Enter Address in Steps Cancel Route For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual AUDIO SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the audio system voice commands 1 Press the F 2 Say Audio button 3 Speak a command from the following avail able commands Play AM FM etc Allows user to select radio band Tune AM number Allows user to tune directly to a desired AM frequency Tune FM number Allows user to tune directly to a desired FM frequency SXM channel number Allows user to tune directly to a desired SXM station if so equipped CD Track number Allows user to select track to be played Play Song name Allows user to select song name to be played Play Artist name Allows user to select artist to be played Play Album name Allows user to select album name to be played For additional information refer to Audio sys tem in thi
197. at belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0799 Forward facing webbing mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point For additional information refer to In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use
198. aterial special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon and Bosch Bluetooth SiriusXMQ services require a subscription after trial period and are sold separately or as a package The satellite service is available only in the 48 contiguous USA and DC SiriusXM satellite service is also available in Canada see www siriusxm ca Siriussam 2015 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer
199. ates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked as soon as possible It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service 1 59 Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioner s are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred These systems should be repaired and or re placed as soon as possible It is recommende
200. atible device plugged into the AUX IN jack 4 CD EJECT button Whenthe CD eject button is pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played If the disc is not removed within 10 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For additional information refer to iPod player operation with Navigation System in this section For additional information refer to USB Univer sal Serial Bus connection port models with Navigation System in this section For additional information refer to Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System in this section 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems LHA3077 USB Universal Serial Bus CONNECTION PORT models without Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB Connection Port AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB connection port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected cor rectly into the USB connection port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the po
201. ation or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Bluetooth If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds Ifthe 4 button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best p
202. ation A Starting and driving 5 63 AWARNING Listed below are the system limitations for the PFCW system Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death e The PFCW system cannot detect all ve hicles under all conditions e The radar sensor does not detect the following objects Pedestrians animals or obstacles in the roadway 5 64 Starting and driving Illustration B Oncoming vehicles Crossing vehicles e Illustration A The PFCW system does not function when a vehicle ahead is a narrow vehicle such as a motorcycle The radar sensor may not detect a ve hicle ahead in the following conditions Snow or heavy rain Dirt ice snow or other material cov ering the radar sensor Interference by other radar sources LSD2265 Snow or road spray from travelling vehicles Driving in a tunnel Illustration B When the vehicle ahead is being towed Illustration C When the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close the beam of the radar sensor is obstructed Illustration D When driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves The system is designed to automatically check the sensor s functionality within certain limitations The system may not detect some forms of obstruction of the sensor area such as ice snow stickers etc In these cases the system may not be able
203. ation display For additional information refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Doors lock with the door handle request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch while any door is open However doors lock with the me chanical key even if any door is open Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key A CAUTION e After locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handle or the trunk opener switch When locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be fore operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been de tected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the vehicle lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors ar
204. attery This warning appears in message area of the vehicle information display after a period of time if the shift lever has not moved from the P Park position CVT Error See Owner s Manual This warning illuminates when the there is a prob lem with the CVT system If this warning comes on have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Reminder Turn OFF headlights This warning appears when the headlights are left in the ON position when exiting the vehicle Place the headlight switch in the OFF or AUTO position For additional information refer to Headlight and turn signal switch in this section Low Oil Pressure See Owner s Manual This warning appears in the message area of the vehicle information display if low oil pressure is detected This gauge is not designed to indicate low oil level The low oil pressure warning is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level For additional information refer to Engine oil in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual Key Registration Complete This appears when a new Intelligent Key is regis tered to the vehicle Tire Pressure Low Add Air This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected The warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated If this w
205. ay deploy in a collision Also the front passenger air bag status light may not illuminate For additional information about in stalling and using child restraints refer to Child restraints in this section e Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light e If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating as de scribed in this section It is recom mended you visit a NISSAN dealer to check the occupant classification system Until you have confirmed with a dealer that your passenger seat occupant clas sification system is working properly position the occupants in the rear seat ing positions 1 49 This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The front passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal
206. back booster seat Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a B High back booster seat lap shoulder belt Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 LRS0464 Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used f the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated
207. bags to inflate Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harm ful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seat ing positions They can help save lives and re duce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and front passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these
208. be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the ABS warning light illumi nates it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking For additional information refer to Anti ock Braking System ABS warning light in this section Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken Instruments and controls 2 11 missing or if the light remains on have your vehicle serviced immediately It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service ACAUTION Do not ground electrical accessories di rectly t
209. ber Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of missed calls Outgoing Calls Speak this command to list the last five outgoing calls from the vehicle If the call was to an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the outgoing call will be dis played Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of outgoing calls Redial Speak this command to call the last number dialed Call Back Speak this command to call the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle Messaging Speak this command to access text messaging functions For additional information refer to Text messaging in this section Show Applications Speak this command to display list of smart phone apps available NOTE Compatible smartphone and registration necessary to access applications For addi tional information refer to NissanCon nect Mobile Apps in this section Select Phone Speak this command to select a phone to use from a list of those phones connected to the vehicle 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MAKING A CALL To make a call from a phone connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem 1 Press the F wheel button on the steering 2 The system will prompt you for a comman
210. but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 mph 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly ap plies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC system helps to per form the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer veh
211. by pressing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE SCROLL knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems APPS button Press the APPS button to launch the Smart phone Integration Mode For additional informa tion efer to NissanConnect Mobile Apps in this section For additional information on connecting your phone refer to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone system without Navigation Type B sec tion DISP display button The DISP display button turns the display screen on or off FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing XM band select Press the XM button to change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 XM1 satellite if so equipped When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will als
212. cable 2 Remove the fasteners carefully pull back the front fender protector 3 Rotate the bulb counterclockwise and pull out to remove Reverse steps to install EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight assembly Type A if so equipped Low Halogen High Halogen Turn Park Side marker Headlight assembly Type B if so equipped L ow High Halogen Daytime running Turn Park 7444NA Side marker W5W Fog light assembly if so equipped Fog H11 Daytime running PS19W Door mirror turn signal light if so equipped Rear combination light Stop Tail W21 5W Turn WY21W Tail W5W Side marker WS5W Backup reversing 921 License plate light High mounted stop light Inside Spoiler if so equipped Map light Vanity mirror light if so equipped Step light if so equipped Personal light Trunk light Glove box light Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information See a NISSAN dealer for assistance Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 Door mirror turn signal light if so equipped Headlamp assembly Front map light Fog light assembly if so equipped High mount stop light spoiler if so equipped High mount stop light inside if so equipped Personal light Step light if so equipped Rear combination light Backup reverse light License plate light o o ARUN 00 N 0 9 8 LDI2906 8 32 Maintena
213. can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random 95 OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied CD EJECT button Whenthe amp CD eject button is pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp CD eject button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For additional information about the iPod player available with this system refer to iPod player operation without Navigation System in this sec tion For additional information about the USB inter face available with this system refer to USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port models without Navigation System in this section For additional information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system refer to Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System in this section 8 9 1 2 4 5 6 d
214. ce and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation FCC Warning Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment 5 36 Starting and driving For Canada Applicable law Canada 310 This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice Frequency bands 24 05GHz 24 25 GHz Output power less than 20 milliwatts CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped LSD2088 PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL switch ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch ON OFF switch If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver e A o N f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control switch off and have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system use the following proce dures A WARNING Do not use the cruise
215. ceive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones For additional information refer to Trouble shooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for troubleshoot ing help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise For additional information refer to the cellu lar phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information 1 2 CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthoriz
216. ch Check lo cal regulations before using this feature Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and features such as social networking and texting Check local regulations for any requirements e Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 NOTE This feature is automatically disabled if the connected device does not support the Message Access Profile MAP For addi tional information refer to the phone s Owner s Manual for details and instruc tions NOTE Many phones may require special permis sion to enable text messaging Check the phone s screen during Bluetooth pairing For some phones you may need to enable Notifications in the phone s Bluetooth menu for text messages to appear on the headunit For additional information refer to your phone s Owner s manual Text mes sage integration requires that the phone support MAP Message Access Profile for both receiving and sending text messages Some phones may not support all text mes saging feature
217. ch of children 6 A CAUTION Be careful notto burn yourself The engine oil may be hot Clean and reinstall the drain plug anda new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 25 ft lb 34 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely For additional information on drain and refill capacity refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 LDI2806 CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter B 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Remove pins from the right engine pro tector located inside right wheel well re move protector Remove oil filter B with an oil filter wrench by turning it
218. ch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower AA WARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seri ously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection e Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cor
219. ch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM if so equipped The LED portion of the headlights automatically illuminate at 100 intensity when the engine is started and the parking brake released The day time running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position When you turn the headlight switch to the 2 position for full illumination the LED lights switch from daytime running lights to the park function If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights remain on while the engine is running It is necessary at dusk to turn the headlight switch ON for interior controls and switches to illumi nate as those remain OFF while the switch is in the OFF position AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Instruments and controls 2 35 LIC3176 LIC3252 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL Press the button to increase the brightness of instrument panel lights uon Press the button to decrease the brightness of instrument panel lights 2 36 Instruments and controls
220. chnical and consumer information 9 21 MEMO 9 22 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 5 74 Air bag See supplemental restraint system ee sss eee 1 42 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag system 5 ea koe nO 1 49 Air bag warning light 1 59 2 14 Air bag warning light supplemental 1 59 2 14 Air cleaner housing filter 8 22 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 19 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 7 Air conditioner system refrigerant recommendations sss 9 7 Heater and air conditioner controls iu ov gu t ex ro 4 17 4 25 Servicing air conditioner 4 27 Airflow chants 2 3 usa swt a md 4 20 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 29 Anchor point locations 1 26 Antennas 292 ess tA a RR Rad 4 74 Antifreeze 22x sd es mU ae aS 5 83 Anti lock brake warning light 2 11 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 74 ApDSz eet gee a tei ae tale a a Sa a 4 75 Amr sts ceria ee Rx Ra 1 7 Audible reminders i 2 17 Audio system sso Ron 4 27 AMradioreception sss 4 28 Bluetooth audio 4 70 4 71 Bluetooth streaming audio 4 71 Compact disc CD player 4 37 4 41 4 46 4 52 4 59 FM AM radio with compac
221. cian or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and eng
222. cle in three complete circles at a maximum speed of 5 mph 8 km h 3 After completing the circles the display should return to normal f the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an authorized NISSAN dealer The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct compass point when the ve hicle moves to an area where the geomag netism is stabilized A CAUTION Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 9 WARNING LIGHTS INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS ABS amp Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light BRAKE or Brake warning light Charge warning light Forward Emergency Braking FEB system warning light if so equipped Low tire pressure warning light Master warning light CHECKING LIGHTS With all doors closed apply the parking brake fasten the seat belts and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine The following lights
223. cle in front of you within the speed range O to 90 mph 0 to 144km h up to the set speed The set speed can be selected by the driver between 20 to 90 mph 32 to 144 km h based on road conditions The vehicle travels at the set speed when the road ahead is clear The ICC system is designed to maintain a se lected distance from the vehicle in front of you and can reduce the speed to match a slower vehicle ahead The system will decelerate the vehicle as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill However the ICC system can only apply up to 4096 of the vehicle s total braking power This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradu ally If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly de celerates the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough If this oc curs the ICC system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action Starting and driving 5 39 For additional information refer to Approach warning in this section The following items are controlled in the ICC system When there are no vehicles traveling ahead the ICC system maintains the speed set by the driver The set speed range is between approximately 20 a
224. cle speed by depressing the brake pedal depend ing on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance be tween vehicles If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come to a standstill and sound a warning chime To prevent the vehicle from moving the driver must depress the brake pedal Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually control the proper following distance The ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected distance between vehicles following distance or se lected vehicle speed under some circumstances Starting and driving 5 47 e The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions To avoid accidents never use the ICC system under the following conditions On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When rain snow or dirt adhere to the bumper around the distance sensor On steep downhill roads the vehicle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes On repeated uphill and downhill roads When traffic conditions make it diffi cult to keep a
225. counterclock wise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag A CAUTION e Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to an oil leak and en gine damage e The dipstick must be inserted in place to prevent oil spillage from the dipstick hole when filling the engine with oil 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 7 Screwon the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn 8 Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID A CAUTION NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 ONLY in NISSAN CVTs Do not mix with other fluids Do not use Automatic transmission fluid ATF or Manual transmission fluid in a NISSAN CVT as it may damage the CVT Damage caused by the use of flu ids other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN s New Vehicle Limited Warranty Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 may also damage the CVT Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recom mended is not covered
226. ct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest if so equipped is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest if so equipped when the child restraint is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest if so equipped adjust ment removal and installation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section position or a different child restraint WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only For addi tional information refer to Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 LRS0667 Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRSO0668 Forward facing st
227. current menu option press the PHONE SEND 46 button To go back to the previous menu press the PHONE END 4 9 button If the current menu is the Main Menu pressing the PHONE END 4 button will exit the Phone system To exit the manual control mode press and hold the PHONE END h button for 5 seconds TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved System fails to interpret the command correctly The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book 1 Ensure that the command is valid For additional information refer to List of voice commands in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recogni
228. d Say Call 3 Select one of the available voice commands to continue A Name Speak the name of a phone book entry to place a call to that entry The system will respond with the name it inter preted from your command and will prompt you to confirm that the name is correct Say Yes to initiate the call or No to hear an other name from the phonebook Phone Number Speak this command to place a call by inputting numbers For 7 to 10 digit phone number speak the numbers Say Correction at any time in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted number For phone numbers with more dig its or special characters say Special Num ber then speak the digits Up to 24 digits can be entered Available special characters are start pound plus and pause When finished say Dial to initiate the call Say Correction at any time in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted number or character Redial Speak this command to dial the number of the last outgoing call The system will display Re dialing lt name number gt The name of the phonebook entry will be displayed if it available otherwise the num ber being re dialed will be displayed Call Back Speak this command to dial the number of the last incoming call The system will display Calling back lt name number gt The name of the phone book entry will be displayed if it availab
229. d result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsi ness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle by follow ing the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the con ditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the ro
230. d you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioner s and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition switch should always be placed in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle A WARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the acti vated pretensioner s must also be re placed The air bag module and preten sioner s should be replaced It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service However the air bag module and pretensioner s cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle It is recom mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag or pretensioner systems or scrap the vehicle it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer Incorrect dis posal procedures could cause personal injury e Ifthere is an impact to your vehicle from any direction your Occupant Classifica tion Sensor OCS should be checked to verify it is still functioning correctly It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this
231. d into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts Starting and driving 5 85 MEMO 5 86 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Hazard warning flasher switch 0008 6 2 Emergency engine shut off 00ceeee eee 6 2 First aid kit if so equipped 6 eee eee eee eee ee 6 3 PAE AIS HT 6 3 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 3 Changing a flat tire 0 cee 6 4 Jump starting uk mea bet mtr eme ee 6 8 Push starting i ce zineic e rer ieee eee ere prs 6 10 If your vehicle overheats lsssseeseseeeese 6 10 Towing your vehicle eet 6 11 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 12 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 13 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH P LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circu
232. d is briefly muted 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play MEDIA button With a CD loaded press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward button lt lt gt i Press and hold the 4 SEEK button or P TRACK button for 1 5 seconds while the com pact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forward ing When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed lt lt gt P SEEK TRACK button
233. d or accessory It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the par ticular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil iarity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle A WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance prob lems resulting from modifications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE M
234. d the track being played The compact disc plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed 144 l SEEK CAT button Press the M4 SEEK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the M4 SEEK button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the Pl CAT button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the 99 CAT button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems TUNE SCROLL knob MP3 WMA CD only If MPS WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator o
235. de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For additional information refer to Low tire pressure warning light in the Instru ments and controls section Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro vides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle for inflating the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure For additional information refer to TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert in the Starting and driv
236. dio interface available with this system refer to Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 SXM FMAM AUX 10 9 8 7 LHA3445 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH 1 POWER button VOL volume control COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For additional information refer to Audio opera tion precautions in this section knob CD eject button CD insert slot 4 ENTER AUDIO knob ES button TUNE SCROLL 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 BACK button FP TRACK button M4 SEEK button 9 Display screen 10 AUX button 11 CD button 12 FM AM button 13 SXM button No satellite radio reception is available when the SXM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam 5 6 APPS button 7 8 Audio main operation POWER button VOL volume control knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and then press the POWER button while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the POWER button Audio settings Turn the VOL volume control knob to a
237. ditional information on connecting your phone refer to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone system without Navigation section DISP display button The DISP display button turns the display screen on or off FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing TUNE FOLDER knob tuning Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to the left or right for manual tuning x gt gt I SEEK TRACK tuning Press the 4 SEEK button or PP TRACK button to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the M4 SEEK button or
238. djust the 1 Press the asm button volumi 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Audio key Use the touch screen to adjust the following items to the desired setting This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Fass dst tre base toe desired ieu LL Adjusts the treble to the desired level Adjusts the balance to the desired level Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right speakers Speed Sensitive Vol Adjusts the Speed Sensitive Volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the ve hicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume increases in relation to vehicle speed AUX Volume Level AUX Level Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system Available options are Low Quiet Medium and High Loud Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER AUDIO button and turning the TUNE SCROLL knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER AUDIO button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4
239. dly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates suc cessful training Proceed with Programming HomeLink step 3 to complete If the device was unplugged during the pro gramming procedure remember to plug it back in when programming is completed OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver after it is programmed can be used to activate the pro grammed device To operate simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The amber indicator light will illuminate while the sig nal is being transmitted For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you
240. do it yourself section of this manual A WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the tire and loading informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible Refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for chang ing a flat tire e Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warn ing light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Repl
241. ds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing 9 20 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain colli sion or near collision like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehi cle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which collisions and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial collision situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and collision location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data r
242. duce the chance of transmission damage Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the engine and vehicle speed may be limited Fail safe If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe 5 18 Starting and driving system may be activated The Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on to indi cate the fail safe mode is activated For additional information refer to Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL in the Instru ment and controls section of this manual This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then push the switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary AWARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal opera tion or have it repaired if necessary PARKING BRAKE LSD2177 1 To engage firml
243. e warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction 5 4 Starting and driving Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Do not reduce the tire pressure after driving because the tire pressure rises after driving Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates check the tire pressure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening You can also check the tire pressure of all tires expect the spare on the vehicle infor mation display screen if so equipped The order of the tire pressure figures displayed on the screen corresponds with the actual order of the tire position For additional information refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and con trols section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the In case of emergency section and Tire Pressure in the Maintenance and
244. e at a time NISSAN Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For additional de tails refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition Sys tem in this section Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Setup the wireless connection between a cel lular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Immediately after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone modu
245. e delete phone dial eight three zero five one record name four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one correction connect phone dial seven four oh one eight previous entry delete dial nine seven two six six call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven MANUAL CONTROL While using the NISSAN Voice Recognition sys tem itis possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists To re activate NISSAN Voice Recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END 49h 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND us button will start the Hands Free Phone System Operating tips To enter manual control mode start the NISSAN Voice Recognition system and tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will speak Showing Manual Op tions when manual controls are initially ac tivated To browse the menu options tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will always speak the current menu option De pending on the audio display it will also show the current menu option To select the
246. e the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles Excessive noise for example audio system volume open vehicle window will interfere with the chime sound and it may not be heard gm ELE EXE pem ess ST o N SERI LSD2299 Illustration 1 Approaching from behind BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS Indicator on Indicator O off Indicator flashing Another vehicle approaching from behind Illustration 1 The side BSW RCTA indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane Starting and driving 5 23 mm PARET ae _ lee qamna SAL LSD2300 Illustration 2 Approaching from behind Illustration 2 If the driver activates the turn signal when another vehicle is in the detection zone then the system chimes twice and the side indicator light flashes NOTE The radar sensors may not detect vehicles which are approaching rapidly from behind Ifthe driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected 5 24 Starting and driving ED Wh iL E TITITIITTITIIT M LSD2302 Illustration 3 Overtaking another vehicle Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 3 The side indicator light illumi nates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 2 s
247. e RCTA system Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death Always check surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before back ing up The radar sensors detect ap proaching moving vehicles The radar sensors cannot detect every object such as Pedestrians bicycles motorcycles animals or child operated toy vehicles A vehicle that is passing at speeds greater than approximately 19 mph 30 km h A vehicle that is passing at speeds lower than approximately 5 mph 8 km h The radar sensors may not detect ap proaching vehicles in certain situations Illustration a When a vehicle parked next to you obstructs the beam of the radar sensor Illustration b When the vehicle is parked in an angled parking space Illustration c When the vehicle is parked on inclined ground Illustration d When an approaching vehicle turns into your vehicle s park ing lot aisle Illustration e When the angle formed by your vehicle and approaching ve hicle is small The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles Severe weather Road spray Ice frost snow build up on the vehicle Dirt build up on the vehicle Do not attach stickers including trans parent material install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors These conditions may reduce
248. e Shift to Park warning appears in the Move the shift lever to the P Park position When stopping the engine display and the inside warning chime The shift lever is not in the P Park position sounds continuously The Door Open warning appears in the dis play and the inside warning chime sounds The ignition switch is in the ACC position continuously When opening the driver s door to get out of the vehicle Place the ignition switch in the OFF position The No Key Detected warning appears in the display the outside chime sounds three The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF times and the inside warning chime sounds position position for approximately 3 seconds The Shift to Park warning appears in the The ignition switch is in the ACC position Move the shift lever to the P Park position display and the outside chime sounds and the shift lever is not in the P Park and place the ignition switch in the OFF continuously position position When closing the door with the inside lock The outside chime sounds for approximately knobtumed to LOCK soconds andali the doorsunlock The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the door handle request switch or the LOCK button on the Intelli gent Key to lock the door When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle The outside chime sounds for approximately o Seconds
249. e ahead Condition A Under the following conditions the ICC system is automatically canceled A chime will sound and the system will not be able to be set When the VDC system is turned off When the VDC or ABS including the TCS operates When a vehicle ahead is not detected and your vehicle is traveling below the speed of 15 mph 24 km h When the system judges the vehicle is at a standstill When the shift lever is not in the D Drive or Manual mode When the parking brake is applied When a wheel slips Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present turn the system off using the ICC CRUISE amp switch Turn the ICC system back on to use the system Condition B When the radar sensor area of the front bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed the ICC system will automatically be cancelled If the sen sor area is covered with ice a transparent or translucent vinyl bag etc the ICC system may not detect vehicles ahead In these instances the ICC system may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead Be sure to check and clean the sensor area The system warning light orange will illuminate and the front radar obstruction warning mes sage will appear in the vehicle information dis play Unavailable Front Radar Obstruction LSD2543 LSD2395 Action to take If the warn
250. e closed the lock will automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds NOTE The doors may not lock when the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is oper ating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in a purse pocket or your other hand A CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions e When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel e When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the rear parcel shelf e When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the glove box or a storage bin When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the door pockets When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the spare tire area When the Intelligent Key is placed in side or near metallic materials Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 LPD2075 WPD0369 Unlocking doors 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the door handle request switch 1 3 The hazard warning lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once 4 Push the door handle request switch 1 again within 60 seconds to unlock all doors and trunk 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments If door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors that door may not be unlocked Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door If the door does not unlock after return ing the door handle push the door handle re quest switch to
251. e for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended T
252. e in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause 11 10 9 8 7 6 severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals LHA2244 Do not use the recirculation mode for 1 GY front defroster button 4 Temperature control dial passenger s long periods as it may cause the interior 2 Temperature control dial driver s side side DUAL passenger s side tempera pated BSUS Cite OMS CABRIO S AUTO automatic climate control but ture control button to B Se Fresh airintake button Start the engine and operate the controls to i activate the air conditioner 3 Display screen 6 cS Air recirculation button 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow distribution and fan sp
253. e most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake Pedal Application Avoid rapid starts and stops Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible Maintain constant speed while commut ing and coast whenever possible 2 Maintain Constant Speed Look ahead to try and anticipate and mini mize stops Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel efficiency 3 Use Air Conditioning A C at Higher Vehicle Speeds Below 40 mph 64 km h it is more effi cient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load Above 40 mph 64 km h it is more effi cient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis tances Observing the speed limit and not ex ceeding 60 mph 97 km h where legally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag Maintaining a safe following distance be hind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced brak ing and smooth acceleration changes Select a gear range suitable to road con ditions Use Cruise Control Using cruise control
254. e pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor LRS2675 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack C Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoul der and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information refer to Child restraints in this sec tion The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion It can also change the operation of the front passen
255. e the vehicle After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 LPD2074 LPD2075 WPD0369 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out of your pocket or bag When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch within the range of opera tion 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments Locking doors 1 Move the shift lever to the P Park position place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 2 Close all doors 3 Push any door handle request switch 1 while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 4 All doors and the trunk will lock 5 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds twice NOTE Request switches for all doors and trunk can be deactivated when the I Key Door Lock setting is switched to OFF in the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle inform
256. e vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught 9 Technical and consumer information Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities 9 2 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Fuel recommendation illii 9 4 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 6 Installing front license plate 0 008 9 13 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil Vehicle loading information 0c0eeeee eens 9 13 recommendations isses nnn 9 7 TOPS cocoon e s s ll lsllll 9 13 Specifications TUE 9 8 Vehicle load capacity ee 9 14 Engine crees MN DI LE piis Loading tips sient ases ti rep ir PR ele ede 9 16 Wheels and tires 2 nene mes 9 9 A f Measurement of weights 00 e eee ee 9 16 Dimensions and weights sssessssssse 9 9 s MR EA TOWING a trailer estre reme ate 9 17 When traveling or registering in another country 9 10 HAMA ME Flattowingcccoseihxc e he RITE E QE REIP eas 9 17 Vehicle identification lecce 9 10 Unif i di Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 npor Mre quay grading ee sis 9 17 Vehicle identification number Emission control system warranty issus 9 18 chassis number 9 10 Reporting safety defects 0 scene eee eee 9 19 Engine serial number
257. e vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 3 0 or later iPod Classic 6th generation firmware ver sion 2 0 1 or later iPod Classic 7th generation firmware ver sion 2 0 4 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware ver sion 4 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later iPod nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 2 or later iPod nano 6th generation firmware ver sion 1 1 or later iPhone 3G firmware version 4 2 1 or later iPhone amp 3GS firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4 firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later Some features of this iPod may not be fully functional Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio main
258. e vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside edges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax It is recommended you contact a NISSAN dealer to assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for these products UNDERBODY In areas wh
259. e very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants e Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do notrace the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pres sur
260. earview and out side mirrors Use the displayed lines as a reference The lines are highly affected by the number of occupants fuel level vehicle position road conditions and road grade Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled above the license plate e When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects When strong light directly shines on the camera objects may not be displayed clearly Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper The screen may flicker under fluorescent light Thecolors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark environment There may be a delay when switching be tween views If dirt rain or snow accumulate on the cam
261. ease the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire For additional information refer to Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual Starting and driving 5 7 DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committ
262. ecked by a NISSAN dealer NOTE If the FEB system stops working the PFCW system if so equipped will also stop work ing SYSTEM MALFUNCTION If the PFCW system malfunctions it will be turned off automatically a chime will sound the FEB system warning light orange will illuminate and the warning message Malfunction will ap pear in the vehicle information display Action to take If the warning light orange comes on stop the vehicle in a safe location turn the engine off and restart the engine If the warning light continues to illuminate have the PFCW system checked by a NISSAN dealer LSD2479 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The sensor 1 is located on the front of the vehicle To keep the system operating properly be sure to observe the following Always keep the sensor area of the front bumper clean Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects on the front bumper near the sensor area This could cause failure or malfunction Do not attach metallic objects near the sen sor area brush guard etc This could cause failure or malfunction Do not alter remove or paint the front bum per Before customizing or restoring the front bumper contact a NISSAN dealer FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device ma
263. econds LSD2303 Illustration 4 Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 4 If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone then the system chimes twice and the side indicator light flashes NOTE When overtaking several vehicles in a row the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly Ifthe driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected LSD2305 Illustration 5 Entering from the side Entering from the side Illustration 5 The side indicator light illumi nates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side VAS A 24d A D biih LSD2308 Illustration 6 Entering from the side Illustration 6 signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone then the system chimes twice and the side indicator light flashes If the driver activates the turn NOTE Ifthe driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the det
264. ected the indicator green appears and blinks and the tone sounds intermittently When the vehicle moves closer to the object the color of the indicator turns yellow and the rate of the blinking increase When the vehicle is very close to the object the indicator stops blinking and turns red and the tone sounds continuously 5 80 Starting and driving LSD2136 LSD2137 When the corner of the vehicle moves closer to an object the corner sonar indicator appears When the center of the vehicle moves close to an object the center sonar indicator B appears The system indicators will appear when the vehicle moves closer to an object Parking Aids Display Volume 1Skm amp cs _B663km LSD2490 HOW TO ENABLE DISABLE THE SONAR SYSTEM The system is automatically activated when the ignition is in the ON position and the shift lever is in the R Reverse position Perform the following steps to enable or disable the sonar system 1 Press the button until Driving Assis tance displays in the vehicle information display and then press ENTER Use the button to select Parking Aids Then press the ENTER button 2 Select Sensor and press the ENTER but ton NOTE The system will automatically be turned on when the engine is restarted SONAR LIMITATIONS A WARNING Listed below are the system limitations for the Sonar system Failure
265. ection Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 WPD0361 WPD0362 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 311 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when Ithas run for a period of time or Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments Answer back horn feature If desired the answer back horn feature can be deactivated using the Intelligent Key When it is deactivated and the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator lights flash twice WhentheUNLOCK buttonis pushed nei ther the hazard indicator lights nor the horn op erates NOTE If you change the answer back horn and light flash feature with the Intelligent Key the vehicle information display screen will show the current mode after the ignition Switch has been cycled from the OFF to the ON position The vehicle information dis play screen can also be used to change the answer back horn mode To deactivate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard indicator lights will flash three times to confirm that the answer back horn feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and buttons for atleast 2
266. ection zone Starting and driving 5 25 LSD2478 5 26 Starting and driving SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE When radar blockage is detected the system will be deactivated automatically The Side Radar Obstruction warning message will appear and the BSW RCTA indicator white will blink in the vehicle information display The system is not available until the conditions no longer exist The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water mist or fog The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors NOTE If the BSW system stops working the RCTA system if so equipped will also stop work ing Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist the system will resume automatically Malfunction If the BSW system malfunctions it will turn off automatically The system malfunction warning message with the BSW RCTA indicator orange will appear in the vehicle information display NOTE If the BSW system stops working the RCTA system if so equipped will also stop work ing Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location place the vehicle in the P Park position turn the engine off and restart the engine If the message continues to appear have the system checked It is recom mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser vice LSD2475 SYSTEM MAINTEN
267. ectly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the effect of the parking brake is weakened or when ever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance 5 74 Starting and driving This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS A WARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label For additional in formation refer to Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual For addi
268. ed antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following two con ditions This device may not cause interference and this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by OBluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds Ifthe fa button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best per
269. ed for a flight The Intelligent Key can operate all the door locks using the remote control function The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle e Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key transmits weak radio waves Environ mental conditions may interfere with the opera tion of the Intelligent Key under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver or a CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on t
270. ed on an incline it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion POWER STEERING AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be much harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assistance while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is
271. ed on the instrument panel will show the status of the driver and passenger seat belt NOTE The front passenger seat belt warning light will not light up if the seat is not occupied For additional information refer to Warning lights indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be in the rear seats and in an appropriate restraint e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be uprigh
272. ed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related collisions Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix That is true for drugs over the counter prescription and illegal drugs too Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition 5 8 Starting and driving PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH AWARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed three con secutive times in quick succession or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury LSD2014 When the ignition switch is pushed without de pressing the brake pedal the ignition switch will illuminate Push the ignition switch center Once to change to ACC Two times to change to ON Three times to return to OFF The ignition switch will automatically return to the LOCK position when any door is either opened or closed with the switch in the OFF position The i
273. edal before shifting between R Reverse and D Drive Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h 5 If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 6 14 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior 0 e cece eee eee ee 7 2 Washing sis RD 3 pr hn coe E ER eus 7 2 Wakidi orerar De vet bx RERERGG OG RES 7 2 Removing spots ecrs nm mee reb mee 7 3 Underbody sets mee uie es A 7 3 Gl8S8 coss bands ppt o disks p up qn snb arde 7 8 Aluminum alloy wheels if so equipped 7 3 Chrome parse ecacuice pu nenita ane de ER e Wa e 7 4 Tir6 Ch SSINGS 25s ko n ln nre bes 7 4 Cleaning Mterior sedare ta eene 7 4 Air fresheners sees Floot mats E EE Rex oe eee edad EYE Seat belt c cacaseeoeses ian ahe Ea EEr RI iS Corrosion protection eee eee ee Most common factors contributing to vehicle GCOITOSIODa o eer e ue hal ee eter oS Environmental factors influence the rate of GORTOSIO s scene na chen e siae ceded teed Protect your vehicle from corrosion CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird dro
274. eed are also controlled automatically 1 Press the AUTO button on 2 Turn the temperature control dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature Adjust the temperature display to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically Avisible mist may be seen coming from the vents in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function 3 You can individually set driver s and front passenger s side temperature using each temperature control dial To turn off the pas senger s side temperature control press the DUAL button Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Press the AUTO button The indicator light comes on 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Press the wy front defroster button on 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature To
275. efore the vehicle is put into motion 5 Ensure proper classification by checking the front passenger air bag status light NOTE This vehicle s occupant classification sen sor system locks the classification during driving so it is important that you confirm that the front passenger is properly classi fied prior to driving Also the occupant classification sensor system may recalcu late the weight of the occupant when the vehicle comes to a stop i e stop light stop sign etc so front passenger seat occu pants should continue to remain seated as outlined above Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Troubleshooting If you thinkthe front passenger air bag status light is incorrect 1 Ifthe light is ON with no front passenger and no objects on the front passenger seat This may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors An object weighing over 2 2 lbs 1 kg hang ing on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback Arear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it An object placed under the front passenger Seat An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door If the vehicle is m
276. ei T Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume Adjusts the Speed Sensitive Volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in creases in relation to vehicle speed AUX Vol Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume adjust the value Press the ENTER SETTING button again to set the value RDS Display Toggles ON or OFF the RDS information displayed on the screen while the radio is playing Select the desired language for the system from the available options Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE FOLDER knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems iPod MENU button This button can only be used for iPod opera tions For additional information refer to iPod player operation without Navigation System in this section DISP display butt
277. eir use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 TIRE CHAINS ACAUTION Only certain SAE class S tire chains can be used on this vehicle Using the wrong Class S chains on this vehicle will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should use a tire chain that meets the minimum clearances for your vehicle 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI0574 Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to ocation Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use a tire chain that is designed to provide the specified space between the installed tire chain 1 and where the tire meets the rim 2 as shown on the chart NOTE Tire chains are not permitted for use with 18 in wheels Wheel size 16 in 7 in 17 mm 17 in 2 in 4 mm Minimum space required A tire chain that provides the specified amount of space will provide the necessary clearance be tween the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tires Other types ma
278. el drive vehicle with the front tires on the ground Doing so may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain e DO NOT tow any continuously variable transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Do ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Continuously Variable Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufac turer s recommendations when using their prod uct UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual condition
279. elligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For additional information refer to Battery re placement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual As many as four Intelligent Keys can be regis tered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelli gent Keys it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 ACAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal compu
280. ely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R e Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA if so equipped CD Moni
281. em is operating thus alerting that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal Switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on 3 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light This indicator light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the Vehicle Dynamic Control has been turned off Push the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will be reactivated For additional information refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes on when you push the push button ignition switch to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the f indi cator light while you are driving have the Vehicle Dynamic Control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the veh
282. em sis cse ene p mn ERESEUE 4 96 Controlb ttons u com yeh HER ere ED 4 3 B 4 97 Connecting procedure lsslssssssesuss 4 98 Voice commands soris e iiri dn 4 99 mbi ACO cake ates taeda Ged wee enews 4 100 psSeeving a call 0 0 4 101 During a call 4 narra id rh doe mordet acd 4 101 Text messaging sees cer as Gip EE Ren 4 109 Ending a Callen vances hr tete rm es 4 101 Bluetooth settings cece eee eee 4 112 Text messaging esee omes 4 102 Phone settingS 0 00c0ceeeeeee eee eaee 4 113 Bluetooth settings ccc eee eee eee 4 104 NISSAN Voice Recognition System Manual control 0 cece eee eee eee eee 4 105 if so equipped 0 eee eee eee teens 4 114 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Using the system 2 cc06 ccs e mee 4 114 Navigation System if so equipped 4 105 System features 00 c cece cece cece eee 4 115 Regulatory Information aese ece 0 0 eee eee aes 4 107 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Voice commands sers 6 eee eee eee 4 108 voice commands 00ee eee eee eee ees 4 116 Connecting Procedure 00 e eee eee 4 108 Navigation System voice commands 4 116 Vehicle phonebook 2 0660 eese ees 4 108 Audio system voice commands sss 4 117 Making call stents osea heilen E vh d 4 109 Information voice commands sssses 4 117 Receiving a Call sorrir boues RE A Duet oe 4 109 My
283. en a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warn ing light will flash for approximately one minute Have your tires replaced and or TPMS system reset as soon as possible It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for these services e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to P Park 6 4 Incase of emergency 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the CVT is shifted into P Park e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for p
284. en driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes M4 4th M3 3rd and M2 2nd Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades 5 16 Starting and driving M1 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7 range This reduces fuel economy When shifting up Move the shift lever to the up side Shifts to higher range When shifting down Move the shift lever to the down side Shifts to lower range Moving the shift lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession When canceling the manual shift mode Return the shift lever to the D Drive position to return the transmission to the normal driving mode Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of ve hicle damage or loss of control Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may shift up automatically to a higher range than selected if the en gine speed is too high When the ve hicle speed decreases the transmis sion automatically shifts down and shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop CVT operation is limited to automatic drive mode when CVT fluid
285. en oh mak Rm bd ens 3 36 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 59 2 14 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 49 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 59 Precautions on supplemental restraint CEU E MU M E ME 1 42 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 42 Switch Autolight switch sess 2 34 Automatic power window switch 2 48 Fog light switch sen 2 37 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 33 Headlight control switch 2 33 Instrument brightness control 2 36 Power door lock switch 3 5 3 6 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIC cd eae Ree nex od Re eei Pris 2 32 Turn signal switch sss 2 36 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 39 T Tachometer 2 s kiy ari Ree moe 2 5 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Theft NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System engine starts oe 62 6646 oom mn 2 30 5 11 Three way catalyst llle 5 2 Tilt Telescopic steering 3 36 Tire lat tire eat ket 6 3 6 4 Spare tle s cea sik m ate e a 6 5 8 45 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Tire chains iiis 2822 23 hea ee Rd 8 42 Tirepressure lens 8 34 Tire rotation i2 2 bea p bond 8 43 Typesoftires 2e 8 41 Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 Wheels and tires
286. ent track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied TUNE SCROLL knob If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder If there is only one folder of audio files on the USB device turning the TUNE SCROLL knob in either direction will re turn to the first track on the USB device TUNE FOLDER knob If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder If there is only one folder of audio fles on the USB device turning the TUNE FOLDER knob in either direction will re turn to the first track on the USB device 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems LHA3077 USB Universal Serial Bus CONNECTION PORT models with Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB Connection Port AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your ve
287. ep 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRSO0698 Forward facing step 8 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 Q FF WRS0475 Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The fro
288. epress the accel erator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change De press the brake pedal when deceleration is re quired to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in Always stay alert when using the ICC system LSD2481 THE ICC SWITCH The system is operated by the CRUISE O switch and four control switches all mounted on the steering wheel 1 CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed 2 ACCEL RES switch Resumes set speed or increases speed in crementally COAST SET switch Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed incrementally CRUISE switch Master switch to activate the system DISTANCE switch Changes the vehicle s following distance Long Middle Short LSD2538 The ICC system display and indicators The display is located between the speedometer and tachometer 1 CRUISE amp switch indicator ICC system ON indicator white In dicates that the CRUISE O switch is ON e ICC system SET indicator green Indicates that the cruising speed is set e ICC system warning orange Indi cates that if there is a malfunction in the ICC system Starting and driving 5 41 2 Set vehicle speed indicator Indicates the set vehicle speed For Canadian models the speed is dis played in km h 3 Set dista
289. er it happens the moonroof will fully close gradually Make sure nothing is caught in the moonroof AWARNING e In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area 2 50 Instruments and controls Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the moonroof does not close Have a NISSAN dealer check and repair the moonroof INTERIOR LIGHTS FEnrs OA ifs Te D LIC2302 The interior light can be turned ON regard less of door position The light will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ON position when any door is opened 2 The interior lights can be set to operate when the doors are opened To turn off the interior lights when a door open push the Switch the interior lights will not illuminate regardless of door position The lights will go off when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or the driver s door is closed and locked The lights will also go off after a period of time when the doors are open NOTE The step ligh
290. er s manual order form 9 21 Owner s manual service manual order informatiori ue Dem uer m REG 9 21 P Parking Parking brake operation 5 18 Parking parking on hills 5 73 Personal lights 4 s n n 2 52 Phone Bluetooth hands free SYSTE s saam dr e ae A 4 79 4 94 4 105 Power Power door locks 8 5 3 6 Power rear windows 2 47 Power steering fluid 8 15 Power steering system 5 73 Power windows 00 2 46 Rear power windows 2 47 Power steering eee 5 73 Power steering fluid sss 8 15 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 Precautions on booster seats 1 22 1 28 1 34 1 39 Precautions on child restraints 1 22 1 28 1 34 1 39 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 12 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM see ode aad qs ee ee s 1 42 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push stattingirs a4 diee oe keel E eed 6 10 R Radio Car phone or CBradio 4 79 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player aos eg oes a a xe teak 4 35 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player nn 4 39 4 43 4 48 4 54 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M fest ard oe EAR eee ad 9 20 Rear power windows sss 2 47 Rear seat iR quM n 1 6 Rear sonar system 2205 4 5 78 Rearview mirror ee 3 37 RearView Monitor 0004
291. ere road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated Ot x WAI0007 GLASS When cleaning the rear window it may be easier to clean if the high mounted stop light is removed first Be careful when removing the high mounted stop light to reduce the risk of damaging the high mounted stop light wires To remove the high mounted stop light D Push toward rear of vehicle 2 Lift to remove The high mounted stop light must be properly reinstalled before driving your vehicle Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS if so equipped Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt
292. ered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR 4 Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 5 Spare tire size Vehicle load limit Refer to Vehicle loading information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual LDI0393 Checking tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 po Sze Cold Tire Inflat
293. erformance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the 4 button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted f you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them f a command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice f you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel
294. et fresh air promptly After the pretensioner s activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if neces sary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light A is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system For additional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this sec tion If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual LRS2163 LRS0100 1 SRS air bag warning labels located on the sun visors SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration AWARNING Do not use a rear facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it If the air bag deploys it may cause serious injury or death SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying 2 in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems preten sioner s and all related wiring When the ignition is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illumin
295. ete Recording to delete a recorded name for the current phonebook entry Transfer Entry This command can be used to transfer mul tiple contacts at a time To enable manual contact transfer capability set Phonebook Download to Off in the Setting menu The ability to transfer contacts via the OPP Bluetooth profile depends on your mobile phone For additional information refer to your phone s Owner s Manual Delete Entry Speak this command to delete an entry in the phonebook Choose an entry to delete by speaking the desired name or say List Names Recent Calls The following commands are available under Recent Calls Incoming Calls Speak this command to list the last five incoming calls to the vehicle If the call is from an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the incoming call will be dis played Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of incoming calls Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 Missed Calls Speak this command to list the last five missed calls to the vehicle If the call is from an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the missed call will be displayed Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that num
296. example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for work on and around the side air bag and curtain air bag It is also recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical equipment The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or cur tain air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 Seat belt with pretensioner s front seats AWARNING e The pretensioner s cannot be reused after activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but pretensioner s are not ac tivated be sure to have the preten sioner system checked and if neces sary replaced It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to
297. f a song in the list to begin playing that song If an MP3 CD is playing touching the Browse key will also list the folders on the disc Fol low the procedure for selecting a song with the touch screen to choose a folder Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Ie gt Press and hold the M4 SEEK button or P TRACK button for 1 5 seconds while the com pact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forward ing When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed aa l SEEK TRACK buttons Press the M4 SEEK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the M4 SEEK button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the Pl TRACK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the F TRACK button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played AUX button The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any stan dard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a com p
298. f studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Starting and driving 5 83 3 Tire chains may be used For additional in formation refer to Tire chains in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter Ascraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE A WARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded 5 84 Starting and driving Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a pat
299. formance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the 4 button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted f you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them f a command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice f you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or
300. formation refer to Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information refer to Bat tery in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For additional information refer to Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities o
301. fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 8596 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S gov ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 1596 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Fuel containing MMT MMT or methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tri carbonyl is an octane boosting additive NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuel containing MMT Such fuel may adversely affect vehicle per formance including the emissions control sys tem Note that while some fuel pumps label MMT content not all do so you may have to consult your gasoline retailer for more details Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may co
302. g a NISSAN dealer for service SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed D Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob amp Also the intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed For ex ample when the vehicle speed is high the intermittent operation speed will be faster Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 5 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times A WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the windshield washer fluid reservoir is empty Instruments and controls 2 31 Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with windshield washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based windshield washer fluid concentrates may perma nently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir
303. g front passenger seat step 1 For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest if so equipped and it is interfering with the 1 If you must install a child restraint in proper child restraint fit try another seating the front seat it should be placed ina forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the corre
304. g are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts e It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because t
305. g the vehicle e Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key transmits weak radio waves Environ mental conditions may interfere with the opera tion of the Intelligent Key under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver or a CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately two years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low an indi cator illuminates in the vehicle information dis play For additional information refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual Since the Int
306. g up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor LHA3588 Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown farther than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course LHA3679 models with navigation ADJUSTING THE SCREEN Models with navigation 1 Firmly apply the brake and place the shift lever in R reverse 2 Press the 2 button on the control panel 3 The screen will display the Night settings 4 Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to adjust the setting up or down 5 Press the amp 2 button again to access the Auto settings Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 Settings Contrast LHA3639 models without navigation 6 Turn the TUNE SCRO
307. ged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service Anchor points 1 are located on the rear parcel shelf REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0801 Rear facing webbing mounted step 2 WRS0802 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 LRS0673 Rear facing step 3
308. ger air bag For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section A WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0139 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle 1 The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly 1 17 To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check get the system checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service or to learn more about seat belt operation Om LRS0242 Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you For additional information refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button 1 and move the
309. get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 Afterthe engine cools down checkthe cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions A WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing In case of emergency 6 11 For additional information about towing your ve hicle behind a Recreational Vehicle RV refer to Flat towing i
310. gine The KEY ID Incorrect warning appears in the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds When pushing the ignition switch The Intelligent Key system warning light in It warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Contact a NISSAN dealer the meter illuminates in yellow Key system The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 REMOTE ENGINE START if so equipped LPD2078 The Q button will be on the NISSAN Intelli gent Key if the vehicle has remote engine start This feature allows the engine to start from out side the vehicle The following features may be affected when the remote start feature is used Vehicles with a manual climate control sys tem will default to the last used heating or cooling mode 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments Vehicles with an automatic climate control system will default to either a heating or cooling mode depending on outside and cabin temperatures For additional informa tion refer to Remote start logic in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section of the manual Vehicle equipped with heated seats may have this feature come on during a remote start For additional information refer to Heated seats in the Instruments and con trols section of the manual Laws in some local com
311. gnition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to OFF until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be pushed to ward the OFF position proceed as follows 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Push the ignition switch The ignition switch position will change to the ON position 3 Push the ignition switch again to the OFF position The shift lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle informa tion display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual LSD2020 OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key sys tem s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range itis possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the ignition switch
312. h AWARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving The vehicle should only ever be operated with the hood securely closed If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood TRUNK LID LPD2080 WPD0364 LPD2077 Instrument panel Intelligent Key Request switch OPENER OPERATION e Closely supervise children when they TO open the trunk lid perform one of the following are around cars to prevent them from after unlocking all doors AA WARNING playing and becoming locked m the Press the button on the instrument panel trunk where they could be seriously in Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle For addi tional information refer to Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of the manual jured Keep the car locked with the rear Press the button on the Intelligent Key seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down securely Push the release switch if so equipped Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 NOTE Request switches for all doors and trunk can be deactivated when the I Key Door Lock setting is switched to OFF in the Ve hicle Settings of the vehicle information display
313. h low tire pressure the TPMS will acti vate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h For additional information refer to Warning lights indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls sec tion and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section of this manual A WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible In case of emergency 6 3 e Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS wh
314. haracters 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format C If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups three digit area code three digit prefix and the last 4 digits For example 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number For additional informa tion refer to How to say numbers in this section 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial D The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the C4 button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the h button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel For additional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone Help When you press and release the f button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands o
315. he fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic ac cessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake fluid levels Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer For addi tional information refer to Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of t
316. he fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ACAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid e Never leave the engine or the Continu ously Variable Transmission CVT re lated component harness connector disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A Genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able For additional information refer to Owner s Manual Service Manual order information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS N Y 11 10 9 8 7 LDI2111 OR25DE
317. he ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window When the automatic operation for the power window switch does not operate If the automatic operation does not operate prop erly perform the following procedure to initialize the power window switch 1 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Press and hold the driver s window switch down until the window opens completely 3 Release the switch 4 Pull and hold the driver s window switch up to the second detent until the window glass has reached the full close position Con tinue to hold the window switch in the up position for 5 seconds after the win dow glass has reached the full close position It is necessary for this entire step to be completed with one continuous pull of the window switch 5 Release the switch Initialization is now complete The automatic op eration for the power window switch should now operate If the automatic operation does not operate prop erly after performing the ab
318. he operating conditions the battery s life is approximately two years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low an indi cator illuminates in the vehicle information dis play For additional information refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For additional information refer to Battery re placement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual As many as four Intelligent Keys can be regis tered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelli gent Keys it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry
319. hicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Technical and consumer information 9 13 Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit 9 14 Technical and consumer informatio
320. hicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB connection port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected cor rectly into the USB connection port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB port is located in the center console Insert the USB device into the connection port When a compatible storage device is plugged into the connection port compatible audio files on the storage device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation AUX auxiliary button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB memory device is inserted press the AUX button until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing press the POWER button to restart the USB memory Quse D XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX 9 XXXXXXXX 3 24 Browse LHA3641 Play information Inf
321. his manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated For additional information refer to Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The followin
322. hometer llle 2 5 Trip odometer 0 2 ee eee 2 4 General maintenance 00 8 2 GIOVE DoX axes sees dhe a p es TS 2 43 Glove box lock 2 2 2 eee eee 2 43 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth 4 79 4 94 4 105 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 33 Headlight control switch 2 33 Headlights x 129i eR 8 29 Head restraints llle 1 7 Heated seats di mm 2 37 Heated steering wheel 2 38 Heater Heater and air conditioner Controls 2 x xu oar REA ed 4 17 4 25 Heater operation 4 18 4 26 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 52 2 53 2 54 2 55 2 55 2 56 Hood s ieu eS toe ma aariaa N 3 30 Hot 3s karme Ba teh aides mar Gn anaes 2 37 l Ignition Switch Push Button Ignition Switch 5 8 Immobilizer system ss 2 30 5 11 Important vehicle information label 9 11 In cabin microfilter sse 8 23 Increasing fuel economy ss 5 71 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders xxu wd ee eae Ww 2 10 2 15 Inside automatic anti glare mirror 3 37 Instrument brightness control 2 36 Instrument panel sss 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 36 Intelligent cruise control ICC system Brake assist x me Rs 5 38 Intelligent Key system Key operating r
323. hone screen will appear on the dis play 2 Select one of the following options to make a call Phonebook Select the name from an entry stored in the vehicle phonebook Call Lists Select the name from the in coming outgoing or missed Redial Dial the last outgoing call from the vehicle e EH Input the phone number manually using a keypad displayed on the screen For additional information refer to How to use the touch screen in this section RECEIVING A CALL When a call is placed to the connected phone the display will change to phone mode To accept the incoming call either e Press the wheel or Touch the f button on the steering icon on the screen To reject the incoming call either Press the 4 wheel or button on the steering Touch the red phone icon on the screen DURING A CALL While a call is active the following options are available on the screen e Handset Select this option to switch control of the phone call over to the handset Mute Mic Select this option to mute the microphone Select again to unmute the microphone Red phone 4 9h icon Select to end the phone call ENDING A CALL To end a phone call select the red phone Ph icon on the screen or press the button on the steering wheel TEXT MESSAGING A WARNING Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of Text to Spee
324. hone and voice recognition systems 4 27 Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON a
325. hould remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child re straint with a harness Refer to the manufactur er s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child re straint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child So that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul der The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or up
326. how the Settings screen on the display Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER SETTING button to make a selection Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume Adjusts the Speed Sensitive Volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in creases in relation to vehicle speed Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume adjust the value Press the ENTER SETTING button again to set the value Select the desired language for the system from the available options Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE FOLDER knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 APPS button Press the APPS button to launch the Smart phone Integration Mode For additional informa tion refer to NissanConnect Mobile Apps in this section For ad
327. i tor is active LHA3643 To display the rear view the RearView Monitor system uses a camera located just above the vehicle s license plate 1 REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION With the ignition switch in the ON position move the shift lever to the R Reverse position to operate the RearView Monitor LHA2944 Rear View HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Redline Q approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m Yellow line 2 approx 3 ft 1 m Green line 3 approx 7 ft 2 m Green line 4 approx 10 ft 3 m Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 Vehicle width guide lines 5 Indicate the vehicle width when backing up DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or project ing objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor rela tive to the guidelines refer to illustrations When in doubt turn around and view the objects as you are backing up or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the ve hicle LHA3614 LHA3616 Backin
328. iable Transmission CVT 5 13 Parking Drakes 55er irte reso de tpm peus 5 18 Blind Spot Warning BSW if so equipped 5 19 BSW system operation lsesssuesue 5 21 How to enable disable the BSW system 5 22 BSW system limitations 00005 5 22 BSW driving situations 00 5 23 System temporarily unavailable 5 26 System maintenance lssslsssesuss 5 27 Rear Cross Traffic Alert RCTA if so equipped 5 28 RCTA system operation 00005 5 29 How to enable disable the RCTA system 5 31 RCTA system limitations 00 5 32 System temporarily unavailable 5 85 System maintenance ssssssss seus 5 35 Cruise control if so equipped nuaa eessen 5 36 Precautions on cruise control iliius 5 36 Cruise control operations 000 5 37 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC if so equipped 5 38 ICC system operation 0 0 0 esses 5 39 The G SWitehi set ista dates REA Lee aos 5 41 ICC system limitations 00005 5 47 System temporarily unavailable 5 50 System maintenance slsssessesuss 5 52 Forward Emergency Braking FEB if so equipped 5 53 FEB system operation 5 54 Turning the FEB system on off 00 5 56 FEB system limitations seseeeeeeeee 5 56 System tem
329. ial magnetism and in dicates the direction of the vehicle s heading With the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion press the button as described in the chart below to activate various features of the automatic anti glare rearview mirror Press and hold the 7N button for about Feature Press button again for about 1 sec ond to change settings Compass display toggles on off 5 seconds Compass zone can be changed to correct false compass readings 9 seconds Compass enters calibration mode For information about the automatic anti glare feature refer to Automatic anti glare rearview mirror in the Pre driving checks and adjust ments section of this manual a LIC1487 Press the N button for about 1 second when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position to toggle the compass display 1 on or off The display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading N North E East S South W West If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The compass will be calibrated once it has tracked three complete circles COMPASS DISPLAY Press the 4 button when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The direction will be displayed Zone variation change procedure The difference between
330. icle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion 4 Stop the vehicle completely before shifting the shift lever to the P Park position The CVT is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position 5 14 Starting and driving SOSOSOSO LSD2085 To move the shift lever Press the button A while depressing the m brake pedal D Press the button A to shift D Shift without pressing button A Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever from P Park to any of the desired shift positions A WARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use
331. icle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as Soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle NISSAN Intelligent Key door buzzer The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors When the buzzer sounds be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key For additional information refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY LIC2205 The vehicle information display is located to the left of the speedometer It displays such items as Vehicle settings Trip computer information Drive system warnings and settings if so equipped Cruise control system information if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent Key operation informa tion Indicators and warnings Tire Pressure information Instruments and controls 2 17 Audio information Navigation information if so equipped 2 18 Instruments and controls LIC2322 HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The vehicle information display can be changed using the
332. icle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations Starting and driving 5 75 When the VDC system operates the f indi cator in the instrument panel flashes to note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions For additional information refer to Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual If a malfunction occurs in the system the f indicator light comes on in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off when the indicator light is on The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The E indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The 5 76 Star
333. icle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system 2 16 Instruments and controls OD i indi i BEE Overdrive OFF indicator light if so equipped QR25DE This light illuminates and then turns off when the ignition switch in placed to the ON position and when the overdrive OFF mode is selected VQ35DE This light illuminates and then turns off when the ignition switch is placed to the ON position QR25DE and VO35DE For additional information refer to Continuously Variable Transmission CVT in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF LOCK or ACC position The blinking security indicator light indicates that the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational For additional information refer to Security sys tems in this section Side light and headlight indicator light green The side light and headlight indicator light illumi nates when the side light or headlight position is selected For additional information refer to Headlight and turn signal switch in this section EB Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC syst
334. ide front floor mat bracket to help keep your floor mats in place Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has two grommet holes incorporated in it and the passenger s side has one grommet hole Position each mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet holes while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned Appearance and care 7 5 SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them For additional information refer to Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sys tem section of this manual A WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing 7 6 Appearance and care CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION Most vehicle corrosion is caused by the accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic collisions ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION
335. ighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet WDIO0259 Tire wear and damage 1 Wear indicator 2 Location mark A WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulgin or deep cuts are found the tire s 5 should be replaced Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 8 44 Maintenance a
336. ilable When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transporta tion and registration are the responsibility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION TI1050M WT10037 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown WTl0096 LTI2034 QR25DE VO35DE ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown A WTIO0172 F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as GVWR GAWR
337. in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD SAFETY AWARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Un buckle the seat
338. in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle NOTE Some devices require the user to accept connections to other Bluetooth devices however some phones do not connect au tomatically to the system For additional information refer to the phone s Owner s Manual You can connect up to five different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting instruc tions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to re
339. inates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF position and the shift lever is in any position other than P Park position Also a chime sounds when the ignition switch is in the OFF position If this warning illuminates move the shift lever to the P Park position or start the engine For additional information about Intelligent Key refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Push ignition to OFF After the Push ignition to OFF warning illumi nates the warning will illuminate if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC position when the shift lever is moved to the P Park position To turn off the Push warning place the ignition switch in the ON position and then in the LOCK position Key Battery Low This indicator illuminates when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator illuminates replace the battery with a new one For additional information refer to Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Engine start operation for Intelligent Key system This indicator appears when the battery of the Intelligent Key is low and when the Intelligent Key system and the vehicle are not communicating normally If this appears touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal For additional information refer to NISSAN In telligent
340. ine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 miles 8 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or sea
341. ing section of this manual If the tires are used at speeds above 100 mph 162 km h where it is legal to do so on a race track for example the cold tire inflation pressure must be in creased For additional information refer to Checking tire pressure in this section Set the tire pressure to the normal cold tire inflation pressure when the vehicle speed or load is reduced Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling A WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Do not load your ve hicle beyond this capacity Over loading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operat ing conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable han dling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified ca pacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Increase the cold tire inflation pressure as indicated in Check ing tire pressure in this section when using the tires specified by NISSAN above
342. ing the M button on the Intelligent Key Instruments and controls 2 29 The alarm is activated by opening the door or trunk lid without using the key or Intelligent Key even if the door is unlocked by releasing the door inside lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door or the trunk lid with the key pressing the button onthe Intelligent Key or press ing the request switch if so equipped on the driver s or passenger s door with the Intelligent Key in range of the door handle NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch placed in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 30 Instruments and controls 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from o
343. ing the PFCW system if so equipped will also stop work ing SYSTEM MALFUNCTION If the FEB system malfunctions it will be turned off automatically a chime will sound the FEB warning light orange will illuminate and the warning message Malfunction will appear in the vehicle information display Action to take If the warning light orange comes on stop the vehicle in a safe location turn the engine off and restart the engine If the warning light continues to illuminate have the FEB systems checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service 5 58 Starting and driving LSD2479 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The sensor 1 for the FEB is located on the front of the vehicle To keep the system operating properly be sure to observe the following Always keep the sensor area of the front bumper clean Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects on the front bumper near the sensor area This could cause failure or malfunction Do not attach metallic objects near the sen sor area brush guard etc This could cause failure or malfunction Do not alter remove or paint the front bum per Before customizing or restoring the front bumper it is recommended you con tact a NISSAN dealer FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing tw
344. ing best results always update your device to the latest software version Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly Forfunctions that can be used in Siri please refer to the Apple website 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems REQUIREMENTS Siri is only available on the iPhone 4S or later Devices released before iPhones 4S are not compatible with the Siri Eyes Free System Visit www apple com ios siri for details about device compatibility Siri must be enabled on the phone Please check phone settings If the device has a lock screen Siri must be accessible from the lock screen Please check phone settings For best results always update your device to the latest software version LHA2273 SIRI ACTIVATION Siri function can be activated by pushing C4 switch on the steering wheel The button opera tion for activating Siri function must be selected before using the Siri function 1 Connect an Siri enabled iPhone to the vehicle For additional information refer to Connecting procedure in this section 2 After the Bluetooth connection is estab lished switch operation select screen is dis played 3 Select Short Press or Long Press for the Siri acti
345. ing light orange comes on park the vehicle in a safe location and turn the engine off Check to see if the sensor area of the bumper is blocked If the sensor area of the bumper is blocked remove the blocking material Restart the engine If the warning light continues to illu minate have the ICC system checked by a NISSAN dealer Condition C When the ICC system is not operating properly a chime sounds and the system warning light or ange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the ve hicle is still drivable under normal condi tions have the vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer Starting and driving 5 51 LSD2479 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The sensor for the ICC system 1 is located on the front of the vehicle To keep the ICC system operating properly be sure to observe the following Always keep the sensor area clean Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the Screw located on the sensor Doing so could failure or malfunction If the sensor is dam aged due to an accident it is recommended you contact a NISSAN dealer 5 52 Starting and driving Do not attach a sticker including t
346. ion can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the doors or the trunk are open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged A CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 WPD0359 Locking doors 1 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion Close all doors Press the button on the Intelligent Key The hazard indicator lights flash twice and the horn beeps once All doors will be locked A CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles a a WPD0360 Unlocking doors 19 Press the Press the a Key button on the Intelligent The hazard warning lights flash once A button again within 60 sec onds to unlock all doors and trunk NOTE The unlocking operation can be changed in Selective door unlock in the Vehicle Set tings of the vehicle information display For additional information refer to Vehicle in
347. ion Pressure Front Original Tire P215 60R16 220 kPa 32 PSI ECC 5 55R17 230 kPa 33 PSI P235 45RT8B sd 8 Rear Original Tire P215 60R16 220 kPa 32 PSI CET i 7 230 kPa 33 PSI P235 45RT8B sd T135 70D16 420 kPa 60 PSI 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall P215 65R15 95H 65 t 3 Example Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles not all tires have this information 2 Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge 3 Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 5 15 t WDI0395 R The R stands for radial Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause
348. ioner button 5 w Rear window and outside mirror 2 Air flow control buttons if so equipped defroster switch 3 Temperature control dial MAX A C 6 Front windshield defroster button button AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally in jure themselves or others through inad vertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control buttons The air flow control buttons allow you to select the air flo
349. ious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territo ries require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children For additional infor mation refer to Child restraints in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger For additional information refer to Supplemental Restraint System SRS in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 Ibs 9 kg s
350. ire pressure in the Start ing and driving section of this manual AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch in the ON position have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury or death Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire placard located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pres sure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS when a spare tire i
351. ired operation NOTE Changes or modification not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert When adding air to an under inflated tire the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle in a safe and level place 2 Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever to the P Park position 3 Place the ignition switch to the ON position Do not start the engine Starting and driving 5 5 Operation 1 Add air to the tire 2 After a few seconds the hazard indicators will start flashing 3 When the designated pressure is reached the horn beeps once and the hazard indica tors stop flashing 4 Perform the above steps for each tire f the tire is over inflated more than ap proximately 4 psi 30 kPa the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash three times To correct the pressure push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to re
352. is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully APD1005 If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen lt If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle e 5 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action 9 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate M
353. iseen nines eannan onea iee Child restraihtSiped ose renien anni pien ei Precautions on child restraints 005 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system cece cece eese Rear facing child restraint installation using A o bord od dotes La cni eh ao one Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat belts 2 5 sss RR reet tta Forward facing child restraint installation Using LATCLI sc scetur RE Reg e Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts lees Booster seats isses ssp Rer erra wss Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions on SRS 0 2 eee ee eee Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light SEATS Sit upright and well back ARS1152 AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly For additional information refer to Pre cautions on seat belt usage in this section After adjustment
354. isfactory engine life and performance For additional infor mation refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in this section NISSAN recom mends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change interva
355. it is not required by law 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 DOT XX t t 1 2 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XX t t t 3 4 5 XXX XXXX LDI2786 Example 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Three digit code Tire type code Optional 5 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure 8 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the
356. ity of operating conditions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 ACAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operating the engine with an insuffi cient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty e itis normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the se verity of operating conditions uses 1 1 1 1 LDI2867 CHANGING ENGINE OIL QR25DE engine 4 PI drai der the drain pl 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply mucus TURO the parking brake 5 Remove the drain plug B with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off 3 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time For additional informa tion refer to Changing engine oil filter in this section e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI2868 VQ35DE engine AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of rea
357. ity gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming e Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink amp Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HOMELINK If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 NOTE Place the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion when programming HomeLink It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio frequency 1 Position the end of your hand held transmit ter 1 3 in 2 8 cm away from the HomeLink surface keeping the HomeLink indicator light in view LIC2365 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and hand held transmitter button DO NOT re lease until the HomeLink indicator light 1 flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indi cates successful programming NOTE Some devices may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in Programming HomeLink amp for Canadian customers and gate openers in this sec tion Instrument
358. iver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes LSD2475 The BSW system uses radar sensors 1 in stalled near the rear bumper to detect other ve hicles in an adjacent lane Starting and driving 5 19 EX SSD1030 Detection zone The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and ex tends approximately 10 ft 3 0 m behind the rear bumper and approximately 10 ft 3 0 m side ways 5 20 Starting and driving LSD2476 1 Side BSW RCTA Indicator Light 2 BSW RCTA Indicator BSW SYSTEM OPERATION The BSW system operates above approximately 20 mph 32km h If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detec tion zone the BSW RCTA indicator light 1 illu minates If the turn signal is then activated the system chimes twice and the BSW RCTA indi cator light flashes The BSW indicator light con tinues to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone The BSW RCTA indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The brightness of the BSW RCTA indicator light is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal then only the side BSW RCTA indicator ligh
359. j ES FM AM CD M4 SEEK TRACK 17 pec f MEDIA DISP APPS BACK 1 Ge i 12 15 VOL EFO See s ENTER e me 14 10 LHA2846 FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type C if so equipped For additional information refer to Audio opera tion precautions in this section Z amp CD eject button CD button Display screen CD insert slot Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 15 16 17 M4 SEEK button SCAN button FM TRACK button 3 BACK button APPS button ENTER SETTING button TUNE FOLDER knob Station select 1 6 buttons RDM random button RPT repeat button power button VOL volume control knob DISP display button MEDIA button FM AM button Audio main operation O power button VOL volume con trol knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the power button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the power button Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle is equipped with Speed Sensitive Volume When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems ENTER SETTING button Press the ENTER SETTING button to s
360. k and correct any of the above conditions Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute NOTE A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially If the light is still OFF after this the small adult child or child restraint should be repositioned in the rear seat and the vehicle should be checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AWARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel a
361. l attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground The jack should be used on firm and level ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire tween the wheel and hub Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence illustrated B D until they are tight In case of emergency 6 7 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated D Lower the vehicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose e Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 1 000 km 600 miles also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified t
362. ld restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 WRS0697 LRS2627 Forward facing step 6 Rear bench seat 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be Top tether strap fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near Anchor peint the LATCH attachment path The child re Installing top tether strap pir enti Masc A The child restraint top tether strap must be used elis i une na S LATCH ctc when installing the child restraint with the LATCH ee died a odia lower anchor attachments tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH First secure the child restraint with the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint lower anchors rear outboard positions only in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 Rear bench seat OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS 1 Remove the head restraint headrest if so equipped and store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest if so equipped when the child restraint is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest if so equipped ad justment removal and installation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section 2 Position
363. le sss 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle sss 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 19 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Maintenance requirements 8 2 Malfunction indicator light 2 15 Manual front seat adjustment 1 3 Map lights esa eb reet ree erp 2 51 Map pocket ii ios se Ee Wa ed 2 42 Meters and gauges 205 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 36 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 37 Outside mirrors 2 0 2000 3 39 Rearview 2 lees 3 37 Vanity mirror s css e m m es 3 37 MIITO S ias ore domo xn hor e 3 37 Mobile appS lens 4 75 Moonroof oc Se were ee eS 2 49 N NissanConnect 005 4 75 NISSAN Intelligent Key 3 2 3 20 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 30 5 11 NISSAN voice recognition system 4 114 o Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 5 Odometer s zd eee bU Ran 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants lees 9 2 Changing engine oil iL 8 12 Changing engine oil filter 8 14 Checking engine oillevel 8 11 Engine Olle 32s ze domm Rr im a 8 11 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil viscosity 9 7 One shot call 4 83 4 96 4 97 4 108 Outsidemilrors i 2x ee ea ed See 3 39 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 10 Own
364. le otherwise the number being called back will be displayed RECEIVING A CALL When a call is received by the phone connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System the call information is displayed on either the vehicle information display or both the vehicle information display and the control panel display Press the 4 button to accept the call Press the button to reject the call DURING A CALL While a call is active press the amp amp button to access additional options Speak one of the fol lowing commands Send Speak this command followed by the digits to enter digits during the phone call e Mute On or Mute Off Speak the com mand to mute or unmute the system e Transfer Call Speak this command to transfer the call to the handset To transfer the call back from the handset to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System press the f button and confirm when prompted If supported by the phone the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System allows for call waiting functionality If a call is received while another call is already active a message will be displayed on the screen Press the fi button to hold the active call and switch to the second call Press the 4 button to reject the second call While the second call is active pressing the 44 button will allow the same commands that are available during any call as well as two additional commands Switch Call
365. le iP hones must be paired via Bluetooth for NissanConnect with Mobile Apps to func tion NOTE For Android phones NissanConnect with Mobile Apps REQUIRES the phone to be paired via Bluetooth amp for NissanConnect Mobile Apps to function Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 APPLICATION DOWNLOAD Once connected the NissanConnect Mobile Apps will search your phone to determine which compatible applications are currently installed The vehicle will then download the in vehicle interface for each of these compatible applica tions Once downloaded the user can access many smartphone Applications through the ve hicle display by pressing the INFO button fol lowed by touching the My Apps key or pressing the APPS button on the audio unit For additional information on application availability refer to the NissanConnect website https canada nissanconnect com or www nissanusa com connect or contact NISSAN Customer Service SIRI EYES FREE if so equipped Apple Siri personal assistant can be accessed from the vehicle Siri can be accessed in Siri Eyes Free mode to reduce user distraction In this mode Siri is available for interaction by voice After connecting a compatible Apple device by Bluetooth Siri can be activated from the switch on the steering wheel Some Siri functions such as displaying pic tures or opening apps may not be available while driving For gett
366. le to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones For additional information refer to Trouble shooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for troubleshoot ing help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise For additional information refer to the cellu lar phone owner s manual regarding the tele phone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc The signal strength display on the monitor will not coincide with the signal strength display of some cellular phones REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions 1 2 IC amp Bluetooth Operation is subject to the following two con ditions This device may not cause interference and this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde
367. lease pressure When the pressure reaches the designated pres sure the horn beeps once f the hazard indicator does not flash within approximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire it indicates that the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill Tire Alert under the following conditions f there is interference from an external device or transmitter The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire 5 6 Starting and driving There is a malfunction in the TPMS sys tem There is a malfunction in the horn or haz ard indicators The identification code of the tires pres sure sensor is not registered to the sys tem The battery of the tire pressure sensor is low f the Easy Fill Tire Alert does not operate due to TPMS interference move the ve hicle about 3 ft 1 m backward or forward and try again If the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not working use a tire pressure gauge AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER A WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control coul
368. lected the air conditioner automatically turns on if the out side temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The mode automati cally turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance The recirculation mode cannot be activated in the Y position Bi level heating The bi level mode directs warmed air to the side and center vents and to the front and rear floor outlets 1 Press the C amp button to the OFF position 2 Press the 74 air flow control button 3 Turnthe position fan control dial to the desired 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield 1 Press the a air flow control button 2 Turnthe 98 position fan control dial to the desired 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position e Whenthe 7 position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on if the out side temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The amp mode automati cally turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance The recirculation mode cannot be activated inthe position Operating tips Clear s
369. ll sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water e Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting e Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it LCE2223 A WARNING 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion Always follow the instructions below Fail ure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal 5 Connect the jumper cables in the sequence injury illustrated 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries near each other 4 Ensure the vent caps are level and tight Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 App
370. ls Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting For additional information refer to NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide for the mainte nance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and NISSAN A C system oil Type DH PS or the exact equiva lents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of
371. ls 2 21 Maintenance The maintenance menu allows the user to set reminders for various vehicle maintenance items AWARNING The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks includ ing tire pressure checks For additional information refer to Changing wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Many fac tors including tire inflation alignment driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be re placed Setting the tire replacement indi cator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks Failure to perform regular tire checks including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision which could result in serious personal injury or death 2 22 Instruments and controls Displays various Maintenance setings Service This indicator appears when the customer set distance is reached for checking or replacing maintenance items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires Other maintenance items can include such things as air filter or tire rotation You can set or reset the distance for checking or replacing the items You can set or reset the distance for service type items For sched uled maintenance items and intervals refer to your NISSAN
372. lt in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRSO0761 Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 LRS2395 Rear facing
373. lter 0 0 8 14 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 8 15 Power steering fluid eer eren 8 15 Brake fluidi s oic oes temet mineros es ee aS 8 16 Windshield washer fluid 0 00 c eee eee 8 16 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 16 Luc PRECES 8 17 Jump Starting nre rernm ele nes 8 19 Variable voltage control system issues 8 19 Drivepeltii cereiro tentin ER E mE MER DUE n 8 20 Spark plugs de beh nimien at ai Ga a bene 8 21 Replacing spark plugs 0 cece eee eee 8 21 Air cleaner ized hii erre e eh see 8 22 In cabin microfilter if so equipped 8 23 Windshield wiper blades 0 00sec eee eee 8 23 ClAQiING PEE 8 23 Replacing i e Ppecen ver r ke Ica estek aws 8 23 oc ET 8 24 FUSOS ssec aerae aee nee ewe ted EES ue 8 25 Engine compartment sseeieeeeeeeee 8 25 Passenger compartment sessesssse 8 26 Battery replacement lessen 8 27 NISSAN Intelligent Key amp 0000 8 28 Lighits i uec iser iscri espri p RR a PANTO RE ede ge 8 29 Headlights 22 st cert RR Re 8 29 Fog lights if so equipped sssseessse 8 29 Exterior and interior lights 0 0008 8 31 Wheels and tires 2 0 cee eee mnn 8 34 Tir pressure cerne aa tae aed Linden aa 8 34 Tire labeling rer heran 8 38 Types OF tires oec Ren voee men 8 41 TRS CHAINS eo saber obec Siva nat teat seo dr
374. luetooth streaming audio without Navigation System in this section 1 2 3 4 5 6 das SSS SSS ce a FM AM M Ha SEEK CAT bbi 17 Beo on s 7 MEDIA DISP Apps 3BACK T eet CTI s 8 qct ETE VOL AESCR a SETTING l ELLE NE aaa up gt e 14 13 12 11 10 LHA2845 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH 1 amp CD eject button COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions refer to Audio op eration precautions in this section 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 2 XM button 3 Display screen 4 CD insert slot 5 M4 SEEK button Audio main operation 6 SCAN button power button VOL volume con 7 Fh CAT button n knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON 8 5 BACK button position and press the power button while the system is off to call up the mode radio 9 APPS button CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that 10 ENTER SETTING button TUNE SCROLL was playing immediately before the system was knob turned off I 11 Station select 1 6 buttons edi the system off press the power 12 RDM random button Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume 13 RPT repeat button This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen 14 power button VOL volume control sitive Volume When this feature is active the knob audio volume changes as the driving speed 15
375. ly the parking brake Move the shift lever to P Park Switch off all unnecessary elec trical systems lights heater air conditioner etc In case of emergency 6 9 ACAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 6 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 7 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 8 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 6 10 In case of emergency PUSH STARTING A CAUTION Do not push start this vehicle The 3 way catalyst may be damaged e Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal
376. magnetic north and geo graphical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Establish your location on the zone map Refer to the illustration Record your zone number 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Pressthe button in for 5 seconds until the current zone entry number is displayed 4 Press the 4 button repeatedly until the desired zone entry number is displayed Once the desired zone number is displayed stop pressing the button and the display will show compass direction within a few seconds NOTE Use zone number 5 for Hawaii Instruments and controls 2 7 WIC0355 2 8 Instruments and controls e If a magnet is located near the com pass or the vehicle is driven where the terrestrial magnetism is disturbed the compass display may not indicate the correct direction In places where the terrestrial magne tism is disturbed the correction of the direction starts automatically Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the correct direction is not shown follow this procedure 1 With the display turned on press and hold the switch for about 9 seconds The display will read C 2 Calibrate the compass by driving the vehi
377. mately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least when ever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust headrests head re straints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position For additional information refer to Warning lights indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Starting and driving 5 11 STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The starter is designed not to operate if the
378. mation refer to Connecting procedure in this section Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete the phonebook for that phone Replace Phone D Use the Replace Phone command to replace an existing phone pairing with a new phone The system will keep all voice tags assigned to your phonebook Bluetooth OFF Use the Bluetooth OFF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone Phonebook Download OFF F Use the Phonebook Download OFF command to turn off the automatic downloading of the hand set phonebook to the available if supported by the cellular phone When the command is rec ognized Sync Contacts OFF will appear on the audio display To turn the feature back on say Phonebook Download When the command is recognized Sync Contacts ON will appear on the audio display Display Settings Use the Display Settings command
379. ment panel 2 10 Bulb replacement is 8 31 Charge warning light 2 11 Console light 22a 6 few 6s be dod 2 51 Exterior and Interior lights 8 31 Fog lights a 5 x mm ket ge 8 29 Fog light switch 2 tke 2 37 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 33 Headlight control switch 2 33 Headlights 3 s mns 8 29 Interiorlight zx esce ad 2 50 Light DUIDS 2 2t mm mme mes 8 29 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Low windshield washer fluid warning light nuo euo noon Rn es 2 27 Passenger air bag and status light 1 51 Personal lights 24 ume 2 52 Security indicator light 2 16 Spotlights See map light 2 51 Tr nk light 3 Saas are Ronde es 2 52 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders les 2 10 2 15 LiglitS 5g e gue date eie md 8 29 Map lights 3 2c awk don a dus 2 51 Lock Child safety rear doorlock 3 6 Doorlocks o ee sacs cde Ree a Ges 3 4 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 33 Glove box lock 3 1e i 2 43 Power door locks 3 5 3 6 Trunk lid lock opener lever 3 31 Loose fuel cap warning 2 28 Low fuel warning light 2 14 2 27 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 27 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 13 M Maintenance General maintenance s 8 2 Inside the vehic
380. ments and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle The master key can be used for all the locks Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys A NISSAN dealer can duplicate your existing key This is because the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ACAUTION Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect system function 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do notleave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of other
381. messages can only be set while the vehicle is stationary Auto Reply Select to turn on or off the Auto Reply func tion When enabled the vehicle will auto matically send a predefined text message to the sender when a text message is received while driving Auto Reply Message Select to choose the message that is sent when the Auto Reply function is enabled Choose from I m Driving or one of the three custom messages stored in the system Vehicle Signature On Off Select to choose whether or not the vehicle signature is added to outgoing text mes sages from the vehicle This message can not be changed or customized MANUAL CONTROL While using the Voice Recognition system it is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands To activate manual control mode press the PHONE SEND us button on the steering wheel to access the phone menu and then press either up or down on the tuning switch x The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists To reactivate Voice Recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END _ button At that time press ing the PHONE SEND us button will start the Hands Free Phone System BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after s
382. mmediately with a dry cloth 2 38 Instruments and controls e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service HEATED STEERING WHEEL SWITCH if so equipped E SEE LIC0421 The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the engine starts The indicator light will come on If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C the system will heat the steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a temperature above 68 F 20 C The indicator light will remain on as long as the system is on Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel system off manually The indicator light will go off NOTE If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68 F 20 C when the switch is turned on the system will not heat the steering wheel This is not a malfunction VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH ee OFF LIC3344 The vehicle should be driven with the VDC sys tem on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduce
383. ms Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch For additional information refer to Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets and the side vent outlets 1 Press the SY button to the OFF position for normal heating 2 Press the v 3 Tumthe 98 position air flow control button fan control dial to the desired 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vents 1 Press the C button to the OFF position 2 Press the rd air flow control button 3 Turnthe 98 fan control dial to the desired position 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Press the Sg defrost defog button 2 Turnthe position fan control dial to the desired 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the 8 fan control dial to the highest setting and the temperature control to the full HOT position e When the Y position is se
384. mstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on 6 2 In case of emergency The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch three consecutive times in less than 1 5 sec onds or Pushand hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds FIRST AID KIT if so equipped LCE2131 A first aid kit is located in the trunk To remove the first aid kit Open the trunk Lift the luggage floor The first aid kit is located in the storage cover 2 FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated lf equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display Screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel If the vehicle is being driven wit
385. munities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view Check local regulations for any requirements Other conditions may affect the function of the Remote Engine Start feature For additional infor mation refer to Conditions the remote start will not work in this section Other conditions can affect the performance of the Intelligent Key transmitter For additional in formation refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key System in this section REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATING RANGE The remote engine start function can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the speci fied operating range from the vehicle When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The remote engine start operating range is ap proximately 197 ft 60 m from the vehicle REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLE To use the remote start feature to start the engine perform the following 1 Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle 2 Press the LOCK button to lock all doors 3 Within 5 seconds press and hold the Q remote start button until the turn signal lights flash and the tail lamps turn on If the vehicle is not within view press and hold the Q remote start button for at least 2 seconds The following e
386. n Audio main operation power button VOL volume con trol knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position then press the O power button If you listen to the radio with the engine not running place the ignition in the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the power button again turns the system off Turn the VOL volume control knob to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume MENU button Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Volume and Clock Press the MENU button to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Balance Fade Spd Sen Vol Speed Sensitive Volume AUX IN Volume Clock Clock Adjust To adjust the Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the MENU button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the 4 SEEK or TRACK button to adjust the setting to the desired level 5 to 5 Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Fade adjusts the sound between the front and rear speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds
387. n VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX lbs or XXX Occupants Luggage C TUI Remaining available kg on your vehicle s placard 1 400 Ib R II cargo and luggage 2 Determine the combined weight of 640 kg load capacity the driver and passengers that will be 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 1 040 Ib riding in your vehicle 70kg 135 kg 14kg 27 kg 472 kg 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX lbs or XXX kg 4 The resulting figure equals the avail Occupants Luggage able amount of cargo and luggage Load limit Remaining available load capacity For example if the 1 400 16 R R T R R EI IET argo and luggage XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and 640 kg AMD ok HIMEN load capacity there will be five 150 Ib passengers i 500 Ib in your vehicle the amount of avail 70 kg 340 kg 14 kg 70kg 227 kg
388. n When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random 9 OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied amp CD EJECT button Whenthe amp CD eject button is pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp CD eject button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 Additional features For additional information about the iPod player available with this system refer to iPod player operation without Navigation System in this sec tion For additional information about the USB inter face available with this system refer to USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port models without Navigation System in this section For additional information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system refer to B
389. n during Bluetooth pairing For some phones you may need to enable Notifications in the phone s Bluetooth menu for text messages to appear on the headunit For additional information refer to your phone s Owner s manual Text mes sage integration requires that the phone support MAP Message Access Profile for both receiving and sending text messages Some phones may not support all text mes saging features Please refer to www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for compatibility information as well as your device s Own ers manual The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface 4 102 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Sending a text message 1 Press the C4 wheel button on the steering 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Send Text after the tone 4 The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from the following To a name Enter Number Missed Calls Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls For additional information about these op tions refer to Voice commands in this sec tion 5 Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Nine predefined messages are available as well as three custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following after the tone
390. n filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle For additional information re fer to Fuel recommendation in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual 3 34 Pre driving checks and adjustments e The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will ap pear if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ap pears may cause the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to illuminate Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the 1 Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the 7 light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe 7 light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle in spected It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service For additional information refer to Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and controls section of this manual If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage
391. n the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A 8 os LCE2127 LCE2128 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated 6 12 In case of emergency A CAUTION e Never tow Continuously Variable Trans mission CVT models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is nec essary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models with the front wheels on towing dollies Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle A WARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure Tow ch
392. n the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Remember to wait for the tone before speaking After the main menu you can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the NISSAN Voice Recognition session Whenever the NISSAN Voice Recognition ses sion is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response Call Main Menu Call Speak name Phone Number Speak Digits Special Number Redial Call Back Speak name If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name For additional information refer to Phonebook in this section When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple numbers associated with the name the system asks you to choose the correct number Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the c
393. n the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RDM random button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random gt OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied CD EJECT button Whenthe CD eject button is pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the CD eject button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For additional information about the iPod player available with this system refer to iPod player operation without Navigation System in this sec tion For additional information about the USB inter face available with this system refer to USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port models without Navigation System in this section For additional information about the Bluetooth au
394. nce and do it yourself WDI0306 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens light and or cover f t Indicates bulb removal Indicates bulb installation LDI0341 Step light if so equipped Use a cloth 1 to protect the housing Rear combination light Bulb replacement requires the removal of the rear combination light assembly If replacement is re quired see a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 e SON Trunk light LDI2135 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire refer Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS AWARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should con tact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ ences before use This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears in the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h Also this system may not
395. nce and engine overheat ing A WARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as Soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL LDI2120 QR25DE engine CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way VQ35DE engine LDI2121 WDIO0214 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks B This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the sever
396. nce indicator Displays the selected distance between ve hicles set with the distance switch 4 Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you 5 42 Starting and driving LSD2540 LSD2541 Operating ICC To turn on the cruise control quickly push and release the CRUISE switch A The ICC system ON indicator white set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on in a standby state for setting To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The ICC system set indica tor green vehicle ahead detection indicator set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indica tor B will come on Take your foot off the accel erator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed When the COAST SET switch is pushed under the following conditions the system cannot be set and the ICC indicators will blink for approxi mately 2 seconds When traveling below 20 mph 32 km h and a vehicle ahead is not detected When the shift lever is not in the D Drive or Manual mode When the parking brake is applied When the brakes are operated by the driver When the COAST SET switch is pushed under the following conditions the system cannot be set A warning chime will sound and a message will Pop up When the VDC system is off To use the ICC system turn on the VDC system
397. nd 90 mph 32 and 144 km h When there is a vehicle traveling ahead the ICC system adjusts the speed to maintain the distance selected by the driver from the vehicle ahead If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system The sys tem will cancel once it judges a standstill with a warning chime When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel the ICC system accelerates and maintains vehicle speed up to the set speed The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion 5 40 Starting and driving SSD0254 When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead the ICC system will adjust the speed to maintain the distance selected by the driver from the vehicle ahead If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway the ICC system will accelerate and maintain the speed up to the set speed Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain con trol of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed Normally when controlling the distance to a ve hicle ahead this system automatically acceler ates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead D
398. nd and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone For additional information refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the Voice Recognition session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Say a Name List Names A Record Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook
399. nd do it yourself Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these ef fects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury e If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake discs Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad wear Fo
400. nd lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system For additional information refer to Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommen dations in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual ANISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains refrig erant under high pressure To avoid per sonal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO With the ignition placed in the ACC or ON posi tion press the POWER button to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception H
401. nd the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems COMPACT dE A LHAO0099 AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player e Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD player Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player complet
402. nd voice recognition systems LHA3077 iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury ACAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connection port e Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB con nection port located in the center console Con nect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB connection port on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its bat tery will be charged while connected to the ve hicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the
403. ne B The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset C The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model For additional information re fer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed 4 The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call Phone Number Speak the digits Dia 1 Press the F wheel A tone will sound button on the steering 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 3 Say Phone Number B The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Special Number to dial more than 10 digits or any special c
404. ne of travel Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane A vehicle that is enter ing the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime The driver may have to manually control the proper distance away from vehicle traveling ahead SSD0253 When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow roads or roads which are under construction the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane etc or vehicle condition If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly You will have to manually control the proper dis tance away from the vehicle traveling ahead Starting and driving 5 49 LSD2485 5 50 Starting and driving SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE The following are conditions in which the ICC system may be temporarily unavailable In these instances the ICC system may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected follow ing distance from the vehicl
405. necting recommended cellular phones VOICE COMMANDS Voice commands can be used to operate the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Press the 4 button and say Phone to bring up the phone command menu The available options are Call Phonebook Recent Calls Messaging if available Show Applications if available Select Phone or Device Call For additional information refer to Making a call in this section Phonebook The following commands are available under Phonebook a name Say a name in the phonebook to bring up a list of options for that phonebook entry The system will say the name it interpreted based on the voice command provided If the name is incorrect say Correction to hear another name Once the correct phonebook entry is identi fied say Dial to dial the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Record Name to record a name for the phonebook entry Say Delete Recording to delete a recorded name for the phonebook entry List Names Speak this command to have the system list the names in the phonebook one by one alphabetically Say Dial to dial the number of the current name or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next En try or Previous Entry to move through the list alphabetically Say Record Name to record a name for the current phonebook entry Say Del
406. nforma tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS when a spare tire is mounted TEMPO RARY USE ONLY or conventional the TPMS will not function Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident AWARNING
407. ng 1 Press and hold the C4 than 5 seconds button for more 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 46 button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END 4 button to select a different lan guage 3 Press the 4 button For information on voice adaptation refer to Voice Adaptation VA mode in this sec tion 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French To select the current language press the PHONE SEND f button To select a different language tilt the tuning switch or M up or down NOTE You must press the 4 button within 5 seconds to change the language 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the NISSAN Voice Recognition session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Connect phone Add phone Initiate from handset C Name phone D Press the f button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Connect phone The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Add pho
408. ng light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all four tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire Load and Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pres sure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recom mended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated For additional information refer to Vehicle infor mation display in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section of this manual TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning does not appear if the low tire pres sure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional information refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and T
409. ning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational 9 PY OFF Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual con cerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor weight sensor that turns the front passenger air bag on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat The status of the front passen ger air bag ON or OFF is indicated by the front passenger air bag status light 9 which is located on the instrument panel After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illumi nated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows Unoccupied front passengers seat The amp amp lightis OFF and the front passen ger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Front passenger seat
410. now and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the A C button to activate the air conditioner When the air con ditioner is on cooling and dehumidifying func tions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air Tz 2 3 Press the C amp P button to the OFF position Press the 7 air flow control button Turnthe position fan control dial to the desired Press the A C button The indicator light comes on Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high press the amp button to the ON position Be sure to return the amp 2 to the OFF position for normal cooling MAX A C may be used for quick cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air T 2 3 4 Press the Y button to the OFF position Press the 74 Tumthe position Press the A C button The indicator light comes on air flow control button fan control dial to the desired 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Dehumidified def
411. ns as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 1096 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxy genate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN New Ve hicle Limited Warranty If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 596 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15
412. ns when starting and driving 5 2 Driving the vehicle l l 5 13 E Economy fuel i ek c es 5 71 Emergency engine shutoff 5 10 6 2 Emission control information label 9 12 Emission control system warranty 9 18 Engine Before starting the engine 5 11 Blocktieater eani 5 84 Capacities and recommended fuelllubricants i sra me t ieri e 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 10 Changing engine oil 8 12 Changing engine oilfilter 8 14 Checking engine coolant level 8 10 Checking engine oillevel 8 11 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine cooling system 8 9 Engine oil ii 2o m rni 8 11 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil viscosity s 9 7 Engine serial number 9 11 Engine specifications 9 8 Starting the engine 5 12 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Enter buttons sns gaan eee a eed 4 4 Event Data recorders 9 20 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Explanation of maintenance items 8 2 Extended storage switch 2 41 Eyeglass Case 22d su iso RR as 2 44 F Firstald kit s is cvy eorr RE YVES 6 3 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Flat fife ataca red Ec wk 48 Se ER S 6 3 6 4 Floor mat positioning aid 7 5 Fluid Brake fluid
413. nt so you may have to consult your gasoline re tailer for more details Note that Fed eral and California laws prohibit the use of MMT in reformulated gasoline U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol Methyl Tert butyl Ether MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your NISSAN can not be readily determined If in doubt ask your Service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautio
414. nt passenger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated refer to Front pas senger air bag and status light in this sec tion Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 LRS2627 Rear bench seat Top tether strap Anchor point Installing top tether strap The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with seat belts First secure the child restraint with the seat belt Rear bench seat OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS 1 Remove the head restraint headrest if so equipped and store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest if so equipped when the child restraint is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest if so equipped ad justment removal and installation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section 2 Position the top tether strap 1 over the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the rear parcel shelf behind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack CENTER SEATING POSITION 1 Position the top tether strap
415. nt seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers For additional information about instructions and precautions on seat belt usage refer to Seat belts in this section The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system a TEM Sit upright and well back WRS0031 AA WARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied For additional informa tion refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section e The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way
416. ntain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine Technical and consumer information 9 5 damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load 9 6 Technical and consumer information API certification mark API service symbol LTI2051 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure sat
417. ntry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Recent Calls Main Menu Recent Calls Outgoing Incoming Missed C Call Back D Redial E Use the Recent Calls command to access out going incoming missed calls and to call back the last incoming call or to redial the last outgoing call Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 Outgoing A Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made to the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle Redial Use the Redial command to dial the number of the last outgoing call from the vehicle Connect Phone NOTE The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone Select Phone Delete Phone Replace Phone D Bluetooth OFF Phonebook Download OFF E Display Settings Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone A Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle For additional infor
418. o come on when the power is pressed ON When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio reception will not be available unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not avail able in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on TUNE SCROLL knob Tuning Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left or right for manual tuning TH gt gt SEEK CAT tuning Press the 44 SEEK button or CAT but ton to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 Eighteen channels can be set for the satellite radio 6 for XM1 6 for XM2 6 for XM3 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the
419. o conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation FCC Warning Changes or modification not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISION WARNING PFCW if so equipped A WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use of the PFCW system could result in serious injury or death e The PFCW system can help warn the driver before a collision occurs but will not avoid a collision It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times The PFCW system can help alert the driver when there is a sudden braking of a second vehicle traveling in front of the vehicle ahead in the same lane LSD2479 The PFCW system uses a radar sensor 1 lo cated on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane Starting and driving 5 59 Visual D248
420. o the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely For additional information refer to Variable voltage control sys tem in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing Forward Emergency Braking FEB system warning light if so equipped This light illuminates when the Forward Emer gency Braking system is set to OFF on the meter display If the light illuminates when the Forward Emer gency Braking system is ON it may indicate that the system is unavailable For additional informa tion refer to Forward Emergency Braking FEB in the Starting and driving section of this manual 2 12 Instruments and controls o Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning also appears in the vehicle information dis play When the low tire pressure warni
421. o the regular clock display after 10 seconds if no further adjustment is per formed FM AM radio operation AM and FM buttons Press the AM button to change the band to AM If another audio source is playing when the AM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing Press the FM button to change the band as follows FM1 FM2 FM1 If another audio source is playing when the FM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing A W SEEK and TRACK tuning buttons Press the SEEK button 4 to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcast ing station Press the TRACK button Y totune from high to low frequencies and stop at the next broad casting station Press and hold either button to seek at a faster speed SCAN tuning button Press the SCAN button SCAN illuminates in the display window Scan tuning begins from low to high frequencies Scan tuning stops for 5 sec onds at each broadcasting station that has suffi cient signal strength When scanning SCAN blinks in the display Pressing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period stops scan tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station TUNE FOLDER knob tuning Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to the left or right for manual tuning 1 to 6 Station memory opera
422. occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The A amp light illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied front passenger seat and the pas senger meets the conditions as outlined in this section The light is OFF to indi cate that the front passenger air bag is op erational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system In addition to the above certain objects placed on the front passenger seat may also cause the light to operate as described above depending on their weight For additional information related to the normal operation and troubleshooting of this occupant classification sensor system please refer to Normal operation and Troubleshooting in this section Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements The occupant clas
423. ogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 2 Press the SY Turnthe 8 position air flow control button fan control dial to the desired When the or p are selected the air conditioner automatically turns on if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The VS mode au tomatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging perfor mance The air conditioner is always on in Sy mode Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows and moonroof closed while the air conditioner is in operation 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 min utes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication Avisible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range
424. old the X 2 button for more than two seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped LHA3877 1 CAMERA button if so equipped A WARNING e RearView Monitor is a convenience fea ture and is not a substitute for proper e Failure to follow the warnings and in backing Always turn and look out the SUCHE for proper use of the Rear windows and check mirrors to be sure Mew Monitoy bie eS CSI LICE that it is safe to move before operating OES MMIEYAG SMS the vehicle Always back up slowly 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob jects directly behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle The distance guide lines and the vehicle width lines should be used as a refer ence only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual dis tance between the vehicle and dis played objects A CAUTION Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera The RearView Monitor system automatically shows a rear view of the vehicle when the shift lever is shifted into the R Reverse position The radio can still be heard while the RearView Mon
425. om Repeat Browse Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed when a CD encoded with text is being used Depending on how the CD or MP3 WMA CD is encoded the text is displayed listing the artist album and song title There are other keys displayed on the screen when a CD is playing Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playing touching Ran dom or alternates between Random Folder and Random All This text will appear on the display To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playing touching Repeat alternates between repeating the current song and repeating the current folder This text will appear on the display To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Browse key to display the titles on the CD in list format Touch the title o
426. omatic driving mode The posi tion indicator in the meter shows a D Ds Drive Sport mode Move the shift lever from D Drive to the to Ds Drive Sport The position indicator in the meter shows a Ds In Ds Drive Sport mode transmission op eration changes to Sporty driving shift op eration creating a more aggressive accel eration feeling than the D Drive mode and a gear change sensation when the driver ac celerates or when using the shift paddles if so equipped During Ds Drive Sport mode operation the driver must move the shift lever from Ds mode to D mode and back again to re select Ds Drive Sport mode Tocancel the Ds mode return the shift lever to the D Drive position The transmission returns to the automatic drive mode The CVT can operate in two manual drive modes e M Manual mode if so equipped With the shift lever in the Ds Drive Sport mode using the shift paddles if so equipped up or down produces noticeable up shifts and downshifts The position indicator in the meter shows a M To Ds Drive Sport mode return the shift lever to the D Drive mode Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting and driving 5 13 NOTE Engine power may be automatically re duced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers Starting the veh
427. on The DISP display button turns the display screen on or off FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing TUNE FOLDER knob tuning Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to the left or right for manual tuning 4 gt gt SEEK TRACK tuning Press the M4 SEEK button or PM TRACK button to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the 4 SEEK button orthe P TRACK button Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the soun
428. on The system will an nounce Cancelling Voice Recognition or Go back depending on the current menu level Press the D button to move back through the menus displayed on the screen If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback use the volume control switches on the steering wheel or the volume knob on the control panel The voice command screen can also be accessed using the control panel display Press the asm button Touch the Voice Commands key Operating tips To get the best performance out of NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 3 5 sec onds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words GL Heo ETIN of Interest e ae aa Say Command f Exit LHA3839 SYSTEM FEATURES NISSAN Voice Recognition can activate the fol lowing systems e Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Navigation Audio Information My Apps For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual How to say numbers NISSAN
429. on contains important information concerning the following systems Driver and front passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner s front seats Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted 1 42 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact colli sions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover the curtain air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time The SRS is designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and front pas senger seat belts and is not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupa
430. onds to increase or decrease the folder number Press the ENTER button to show the USB Menu Bluetooth Streaming Audio if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to skip ahead or back to the next song Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to reverse or fast forward the current song AUX Press the ENTER button to show the AUX Menu 5 back switch Press the back switch to return to the previous screen or cancel the current selection 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems ANTENNA The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna rod clockwise and hand tighten ACAUTION e Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation Be sure that the antenna is removed before the vehicle enters an automatic car wash e Be sure to fold down the antenna be fore the vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling Window antenna if so equipped The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window A CAUTION Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor recep tion or noise e When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along
431. one or Device Select to connect to a previously connected phone from the displayed list Phonebook Download Select to turn on or off the automatic down load of a connected phone s phonebook Show Incoming Calls Select Driver Only to have incoming call information displayed only in the vehicle in formation display Select Both to have in coming call information displayed in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Text Message Select to turn on or off the vehicle s text messaging feature 4 104 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems New Text Sound Select to adjust the volume of the sound that plays when a new text is received by a phone connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The setting all the way to the left indicates that the new text sound will be muted Show Incoming Text Select Driver Only to have incoming text messages displayed only in the vehicle infor mation display Select Both to have incom ing text messages displayed in both the ve hicle information display and the center display screen Select None to have no display of incoming text messages Edit Custom Messages Select to set a custom message that will be available with the standard options when sending a text message To set a custom message send a text message to your own phone number while the phone is connected to the system Three custom messages can be set Custom
432. onnected phone is equipped with Siri it can also be used to create custom messages that are sent through the phone For additional information refer to Siri Eyes Free in this section NOTE Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h NOTE For Apple iPhones text messages can only be sent through Siri Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 Setting Bluetooth Bluetooth Add phone or Device Delete Phone or Device Replace phone Select phone or Device LHA2894 BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To access and adjust the settings for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 1 2 Press the SETTING button Use the TUNE SCROLL or TUNE FOLDER knob to select Bluetooth and then press the ENTER button Bluetooth Select On or Off to turn the vehicle s Bluetooth system on or off Add Phone or Device To connect a phone to the system refer to Connecting procedure in this section Delete Phone or Device Select to delete a phone from the displayed list The system will ask to confirm before deleting the phone Replace Phone Select to replace a phone from the displayed list When a selection is made the system will ask to confirm before proceeding The recorded phonebook for the phone being deleted will be saved as long as the new phone s phonebook is the same as the old phone s phonebook Select Ph
433. or accidental activation of the pretensioner s Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury e It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for work on and around the pre tensioner system It is also recom mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical equipment Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system If you need to dispose of the preten sioner s or scrap the vehicle it is rec ommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service Incorrect disposal pro cedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor the pretensioner s help tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner s are encased within the seat belt retractor and to the seat belt anchor affixed to the floor of the vehicle These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts 1 58 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system When pretensioner s activate smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should g
434. ormal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light Af located in the meter and gauges area of the instrument panel will blink Have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation In order for the occupant classification sensor system to classify the front passenger based on weight please follow the precautions and steps outlined below Precautions Make sure that there are no objects weigh ing over 2 2 Ibs 1 kg hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket Make sure that a child restraint or other object is not pressing against the rear of the seatback Make sure that a rear passenger is not push ing or pulling on the back of the front pas senger seat Make sure that the front passenger seat or seatback is not forced back against an ob ject on the seat or floor behind it Make sure that there is no object placed under the front passenger seat Steps 1 Adjust the seat as outlined in the Seats section of this manual Sit upright leaning against the seatback and centered on the seat cushion with your feet comfortably ex tended to the floor 2 Make sure there are no objects on your lap 3 Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the Seat belts section of this manual 4 Remain in this position for 30 seconds al lowing the system to classify the front pas senger b
435. ormation about the audio files being played is shown on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Touch Browse to display the list of folders and files on the USB device Touch the name of a song on the screen to begin playing that song x l Seek Track buttons Press the M4 SEEK button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the M SEEK button several times to skip backward several tracks Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 Press the F TRACK button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the F TRACK button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Random and repeat play mode Random and repeat play mode Mm on a USB device are playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the USB device When the random mode is active it will appear on the screen To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until it is not displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the USB device When the repeat mode is active it will VER appear on the screen To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until it is not displayed 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone a
436. orque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft Ib 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval 6 8 In case of emergency Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for 3 hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire Load and Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle 6 Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the damaged tire 7 Close the trunk A WARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use For specific instructions re fer to the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep a
437. ou tinely acquired during a collision investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer ships Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and loca tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you Te
438. ove procedure see a NISSAN dealer for assistance No initialization is required for all the other win dow switches MOONROOF if so equipped LIC2313 POWER MOONROOF The moonroof will only operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The power moonroof is operational for a period of time even if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passen ger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the moonroof is canceled Sliding the moonroof To fully open or close the moonroof push the switch to the open 2 or close 1 position and release it it need not be held The roof will automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof push the switch once more while it is opening or closing Tilting the moonroof To tilt up first close the moonroof then push the switch to the tilt up position 1 and release it it need not be held To tilt down the moonroof push the switch to the tilt down position 2 Resetting the moonroof switch If the moonroof does not operate properly per form the following procedure to initialize the moonroof operation system 1 If the moonroof is open close it fully by repeatedly pushing the moonroof switch to the close position 1 to tilt the moonroof up 2 Push and hold the switch to the close posi tion 1 3 Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up
439. oving please come to a stop when it is safe to do so Check and correct any of the above conditions Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute 1 53 NOTE A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially If the light is still ON after this the vehicle should be checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 2 If the light is ON with an adult occupying the front passenger seat Occupant is a small adult the air bag light is functioning as intended The front passen ger air bag is suppressed However if the occupant is not a small adult then this may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors Occupant is not sitting upright leaning against the seatback and centered on the seat cushion with his her feet comfortably extended to the floor A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it An object placed under the front passenger seat An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door If the vehicle is moving please come to a stop when it is safe to do so Check and correct any of the above conditions Restart the vehicle
440. ow stick ers etc In these cases the system may not be able to worn the driver properly Be sure that you check clean and clear the sensor area regularly Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the chime may not be heard LSD2488 SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE Condition A When the radar sensor picks up interference from another radar source making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the FEB system is automatically turned off The FEB system warning light orange will illu minate Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist the FEB system will resume automatically Condition B When the sensor area of the front bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed making it im possible to detect a vehicle ahead the FEB sys tem is automatically turned off The FEB system warning light orange will illu minate and the front radar obstruction warning message will appear in the vehicle information display Action to take If the warning light orange comes on stop the vehicle in a safe place place the shift lever in the P Park position and turn the engine off Clean Starting and driving 5 57 the radar cover on the lower grille with a soft cloth and restart the engine If the warning light continues to illuminate have the FEB system checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service NOTE If the FEB system stops work
441. oward the door to fold it Heated mirrors if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information refer to Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 39 MEMO 3 40 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Control panel buttons color screen with Navigation System if so equipped sisse 4 4 How to use the touch screen 0 0 eee 4 5 How to use the BACK button 4 7 How to use the APPS button eee 4 7 312 BUR ca anaes ctdenrarrccecanmoenancetac 4 9 RearView Monitor if so equipped sss 4 10 RearView Monitor system operation 4 11 How to read the displayed lines 4 11 Difference between predicted and actual distances o cedse sk bp bbs xe DE duree 4 12 Adjusting the screen isse mn 4 13 RearView Monitor system limitations 4 14 System maintenance sssssessesuss 4 15 Vents suc keep eie adel vec ru paye lena 4 16 Heater and Air Conditioner manual if so equipped 0 6 cece eect eee 4 17 Controls dose a Race etree d ete dace Beale 4 18 Heater operation 0 cece ee 4 18 Air conditioner operation 0 00 eee eee 4 19
442. owever there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Monitor climate audio p
443. p pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild Soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse th
444. pedes 8 42 Changing wheels and tires 000 e0 eee 8 43 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money however some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified techni
445. per thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating posi tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards A booster seat should be used until the child can pass the seat belt fit test below Are the child s back and hips against the vehicle seatback ls the child able to sit without slouching Do the child s knees bend easily over the front edge of the seat with feet flat on the floor Can the child safely wear the seat belt lap belt low and snug across the hips and shoul der belt across mid chest and shoulder ls the child able to use the properly adjusted head restraint headrest Will the child be able to stay in position for the entire ride Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2690 If you answered no to any of these questions the child should remain in a booster seat using a three point type seat belt NOTE Laws in some communities may follow dif ferent guidelines Check local and state regulations to confirm your child is using the correct restraint system before travel ing 1 21 AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or
446. player 4 37 4 41 4 46 4 52 4 59 COmpasS8 c Egorgecnaesnem dela Yer e 2 7 Connect phone less 4 75 Console box ais asy kae xs 2 43 Console light seen 2 51 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 13 10 2 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluidi V iuis mur ceci dest dcn d 8 15 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT Ln 5 13 Control panel buttons iss 4 4 Brightness contrast button 4 9 Enter button os 65 oko ee read 4 4 Controls Heater and air conditioner GOMMONS sds de cR RR aed 4 17 4 25 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants less 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 8 10 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Corrosion protection 00 7 6 Cruise Control sa sso exce iem eux vs 5 36 Cup holders s ba ang 2 44 2 45 D Daytime Running Light System 2 35 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWITCH rosas ee ho n ke ems 2 32 Dimensions and weights 9 9 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 36 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 4 Doorlocks 5i 26 eae eG xr edd 3 4 DOS iso dar e des E PARA ER d 3 4 Divebelt o xo RR m Rd 8 20 Driving Cold weather driving 5 83 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 04 5 13 Precautio
447. plemental restraint system The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional information refer to Pre cautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in the P Park position LRS2636 LRS2270 Seat lifter driver s seat Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion Lumbar support driver s seat The lumbar support feature provides adjustable lower back support to the driver Push the front or back end of the switch to adjust the seat lumbar area Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5
448. porarily unavailable 5 57 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 75 System MAfUNCHON secreseci i rariss cereri sirro 5 58 Brake force distribution e seer eee 5 77 System maintenance 00 c cece eee eee 5 58 Rear sonar system RSS if so equipped 5 78 Predictive Forward Collision Warning PFCW Front and Rear Sonar System if so equipped 5 79 if so equipped be Higa Ea ae Came cui 5 59 System operation 0 0ccce cece cece eeees 5 79 PFCW System OPETAN toset buriku isie 5 61 How to enable disable the sonar system 5 81 Turning the PRCA System ON Of ii ssacrasiaesece ie Sonar limitations liesseseeseesees 5 81 PFCW system limitations 0 5 63 System temporarily unavailable 5 82 System temporarily unavailable 5 68 System maintenance 00 e eee eee 5 82 System malfunction 0 ccc eee eee eee 5 69 un i Cold weather driving esses 5 83 System maintenance 0 e eee eee 5 69 Freei i lock Break in schedule 10 0 0 0 ccc cece eee errre 5 70 RUNS e Tozan door lOCK rs pai siino unge rt sed Fuel efficient driving tips ccc eee e ee eee 5 70 Antifreeze cesse nen nn nee 5 83 Increasing fuel economy 5 71 Battery mr PI aM ES ee 5 83 Parking parking on hills 0200e0eeeee eee 5 72 Draining of coolant water esses 5 83 Power
449. position The vehicle information dis play screen can also be used to change the answer back horn mode To deactivate Press and hold the and if buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard indicator lights will flash three times to confirm that the answer back horn feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and if buttons for atleast 2 seconds once more The hazard indicator lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning is displayed in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or a warning is displayed be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key For additional information refer to Troubleshoot ing guide in this section and Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle the vehicle system may respond differently than expected Th
450. proper distance be tween vehicles because of frequent acceleration or deceleration Interference by other radar sources 5 48 Starting and driving e Do not use the ICC system if you are towing a trailer The system may not detect a vehicle ahead In some road or traffic conditions a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking Always stay alert and avoid using the ICC sys tem where not recommended in this warning section The radar sensor will not detect the following objects Stationary and slow moving vehicles Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot properly detect a vehicle ahead and the system may not operate properly When snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor s detection When excessively heavy baggage in loaded in the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle The ICC system is designed to automatically check the sensor s operation within the limita tions of the system The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicle to vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec tion zone due to its position within the same la
451. quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows use the fan speed control buttons to set the fan speed to maximum As soon as possible after the windshield is clean press the AUTO button to return to the automatic mode e When the 7 front defroster button is pressed the air conditioner will automati cally be turned on at outside temperatures above 36 F 2 C The air recirculate mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compart ment to further improve the defogging per formance Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch For additional information refer to Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 Remote start logic if so equipped Vehicles equipped with automatic climate con trols and remote start function may go into auto matic heating or cooling mode when remote start is activated depending on outside and cabin tem peratures During this period the climate control display and buttons will be inoperable until igni tion switch is turned on MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Press the fan speed control buttons to manually control the fan speed Press the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Press the gt air recirculation b
452. r addi tional information on wheel off set di mensions refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warn ing light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it is not handled correctly Be careful when handling the TPMS sensor When replacing the TPMS sensor the ID registration may be required Contact a NISSAN dealer for ID registration Do not use a valve stem cap that is not specified by NISSAN The valve stem cap may become stuck Be sure that the valve stem caps are correctly fitted Otherwise the valve may be clogged up with dirt and cause a malfunction or loss of pressure Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety I
453. r bag 6 Head restraints headrests 7 Front seat belts 8 Side impact pressure sensor driver s side shown front passenger s side similar 9 Supplemental front impact air bags 10 Seats 11 Occupant classification sensor weight sen sor 12 Seat belt with pretensioner s front seats 13 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system AWARNING To ensure proper operation of the passen ger s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System please observe the following items e Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket Do not place heavy loads heavier than 2 2 Ib 1 kg on the seatback head restraint headrest or in the seatback pocket e Do not store luggage behind the seat that can press into the seatback e Do not position the front passenger seat so it contacts the rear seat If the front seat does contact the rear seat the air bag system may determine a sensor malfunction has occurred and the front passenger air bag status light may illuminate and the supplemental air bag warning light may flash Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If a forward facing child restraint is in stalled in the front passenger seat do not position the front passenger seat so the child restraint contacts the instru ment panel If the child restraint does contact the instrument panel the sys tem may determine the seat is occupied and the passenger air bag m
454. r have only the front sensors on For additional information refer to Forward Instruments and controls 2 19 Vehicle Settings The vehicle settings allow the user to change the settings for lights wipers locking keys and other vehicle settings Auto Room Lamp Allows user to turn the Auto Room Lamp ON OFF Light Sensitivity Allows user to change when the lights illuminate based on the brightness outside the vehicle Light Off Delay Allows user to change the duration of time from O to 180 seconds that the automatic headlights stay on after the vehicle is shut off Wiper with Speed Allows user to turn Wiper with Speed ON OFF I Key Door Lock Allows user to turn I Key Door Lock ON OFF When turned on the request switch on the door is activated Selective Unlock Allows user to turn Selective Unlock ON OFF When turned on only the driver s door is unlocked after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 1 minute When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once Auto Door Unlock Displays options for the Auto Door Unlock When turned off the doors must be manually unlocked When turned on the auto door unlock function automatically unlocks all the doors
455. r the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band Eighteen stations can be set for the SXM band 6 for SXM1 6 for SXM2 and 6 for SXM3 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the radio band SXM1 SXM2 and SXM3 using the SXM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or seek tuning Press and hold any of the de sired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Presets can also be selected by touching the desired preset number on the screen B SXM1 P3 mE 30 3 XXXXX Bi XXxxx s s XXXXXXXXXX D x LHA3085 Smart Favorites Preset Setup if so equipped The Smart Favorites feature allows the user to designate presets within the SXM1 SXM2 and SXMS bands as their Smart Favorites When any of the Smart Favorite presets are selected the current track on that station will play from the beginning of the song To program a Smart Favorite preset 1 Press the SXM button 2 Touch the Setup key Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 3 Touch the Tune Start key to activate ON or
456. ranspar ent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunc tion Do not attach metallic objects near the sen sor area brush guard etc This could cause failure or malfunction Do not alter remove or paint the front bum per Before customizing or restoring the front bumper it is recommended you con tact a NISSAN dealer Radio frequency statement For USA User Manual statement according to 15 19 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two condi tions 1 This device may not cause harmful interfer ence and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation User Manual statement according to 15 21 This equipment has been tested and ground to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protec tion against harmful interference when the equip ment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio commu nication Operation of this equipment in a resi dential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense
457. reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy If the steering wheel operation is still per formed the power steering may stop and the power steering warning light will illuminate In a safe location stop the engine and push the igni tion switch to the OFF position The temperature of the power steering system will go down after a period of time and the power assist level will return to normal after starting the engine The power steering warning light will go off Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to over heat You may hear a noise from the front of the vehicle when the steering wheel is operated This is a normal operational noise and is not a malfunction If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running the power assist for the steering will cease operation but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering efforts are required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes
458. return the shift lever to the D Drive posi tion The transmission returns to the normal driv ing mode oq LSD2086 Manual shift mode if so equipped When the shift lever is in the Ds Drive Sport position the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manu ally by pulling the right side or left side paddle shifter When shifting up pull the right side paddle shifter if so equipped The transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down pull the left side paddle shifter B if so equipped The transmission shifts to the lower range Starting and driving 5 15 When canceling the manual shift mode return the shift lever to the D Drive position The trans mission returns to the normal driving mode When you pull the paddle shifter if so equipped while in the D Drive position the transmission will shift to the upper or lower range temporarily The transmission will automatically return to the D Drive position after a short period of time If you want to return to the D Drive position manually pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1 5 sec onds In the manual shift mode the shift range is dis played on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows 1526364656067 M7 7th Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds M6 6th and M5 5th Use this position wh
459. rn P 2 37 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Paddle shift controls if so equipped P 5 13 Wiper and washer switch P 2 31 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 42 Navigation system if so equipped P 4 4 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 42 Glove box P 2 42 Power outlet P 2 40 Heater and air conditioner P 4 17 Shift lever P 5 13 USB connection port P 4 27 Aux jack P 4 27 Push button ignition switch P 5 8 18 19 20 21 22 Audio system controls P 4 27 Cruise control main set switch P 5 38 Tilt telescopic steering wheel controls P 3 35 Vehicle information display controls P 2 17 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped P 4 27 Bluetooth Hands free Phone System if so equipped P 4 27 Hood release P 3 30 Trunk opener P 3 31 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 39 Heated steering wheel switch if so equipped P 2 38 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 11 10 9 8 7 LDI2111 0 8 Illustrated table of contents OR25DE engine Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 15 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 9 Engine oil filler cap P 8 11 Brake fluid reservoir
460. rofes sional road assistance A LCE2142 A Blocks B Flat tire Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up A WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury LCE2046 WCE0067 SCE0630 Getting the spare tire and tools Open the trunk Lift the luggage floor Remove the wheel nut wrench 1 and the jack 2 from the from the storage cover 3 Then remove the storage cover 3 to access the spare tire Turn the clamp to remove the spare tire Remove the spare tire Removing wheel cover if so equipped A CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps or wheel covers Doing so could re sult in personal injury To remove the wheel cover use the jack rod as illustrated Apply cloth 2 between the wheel and jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover Use caution not to scratch the wheel cover or wheel surface In case of emergency 6 5 OFFO es er ee ae es A WCE0160 Jack up point Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle
461. roperly and both the f and zx indicator light may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated both the ft and the E indicator light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the f indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads e When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the R indicator may flash or the 8 indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface e If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the f indicator may flash or the 8 indicator light may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION During braking while driving through turns the system optimizes the distribution of force to each of the four wheels depending on the radius of the turn A WARNING The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and
462. rs Always look around and check that it is safe to do so before parking This function is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate mea surement of obstacles or false alarm A CAUTION Excessive noise such as audio system volume or an open vehicle window will interfere with the tone and it may not be heard e Keep the sonar sensors located on the bumper fascia s free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered the accuracy of the sonar function will be diminished SYSTEM OPERATION The system informs with a visual and audible alert of front obstacles when the shift lever is in the D Drive position and both front and rear obstacles when the shift lever is in the R Reverse position Sonar Operation Table Display poe t E ee re UN t L5 s ws xt x No Display and Beep The system is deactivated at speeds above 6 mph 10 km h It is reactivated at lower speeds The intermittent tone will stop after 3 seconds when an obstacle is detected by only the corner sensor and the distance does not change The tone will stop when the obstacle get away from the vehicle Starting and driving 5 79 When the object is det
463. rt Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB de vices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some jurisdictions the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regu latory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB memory de vices USB hard drives and iPod players Some USB devices may not be supported by this sys tem e Partitioned USB devices may not play cor rectly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is rec ommended General notes for USB if so equipped use For additional information refer to your de vice manufacturer s owner information re garding the proper use and care of the de vice Notes for iPod if so equipped use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and o
464. rt P 4 27 Aux jack P 4 27 Push button ignition switch P 5 8 18 Audio system controls P 4 27 Cruise control main set switch P 5 38 19 Tilt telescopic steering wheel controls P 3 35 20 Vehicle information display controls P 2 17 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped P 4 27 Bluetooth Hands free Phone System if so equipped P 4 27 21 Hood release P 3 30 22 Trunk opener P 3 31 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 39 Heated steering wheel switch if so equipped P 2 38 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES LIC2254 o RONM Tachometer Warning and indicator lights Vehicle information display Speedometer Fuel gauge Odometer Twin trip odometer Engine coolant temperature gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER This vehicle is equipped with a speedometer and odometer The speedometer is located on the right side of the meter cluster The odometer is located below the vehicle information display 2 4 Instruments and controls LIC2218 TRIP RESET c Ye LIC2676 Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer 1 and the twin trip odometer 2 are displayed below the vehicle informa
465. rt and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB port is located in the center console Insert the USB device into the connection port When a compatible storage device is plugged into the connection port compatible audio files on the storage device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation MEDIA button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the MEDIA button to switch to the USB input mode If a CD is playing or another audio source is plugged in through the AUX IN jack the MEDIA button toggles between the three sources Play information Information about the audio files being played can be displayed on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Depending on how the audio files are encoded information such as Folder Song and Artist will be displayed The track number and number of total tracks in the folder are displayed on the screen as well PP l SEEK CAT or TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the 44 SEEK button or PP CAT or TRACK button fast forward for 1 5 sec onds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while rever
466. ry A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the 44 button The VA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will announce that voice adap tation has been completed and the system is ready The VA mode will stop if e The V button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in VA mode The vehicle begins moving during VA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the VA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number incoming transfer entry eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry next entry dial star two one seven oh yes no select missed dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on outgoing call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight cancel call back number call star two zero nine fiv
467. s HEAD RESTRAINTS HEADRESTS AWARNING Head restraints headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust able head restraints headrests must be adjusted properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint headrest stalks or remove the head restraint headrest Do not use the seat if the head restraint headrest has been removed If LRS2168 WRS0167 the head restraint headrest was removed Wm reinstall and properly adjust the head To fold down the driver s side of the rear seat CENTER ARMREST dip RU E Ab eed an occupant open the trunk and pull on the strap uses the seating position Failure to fol low these instructions can reduce the ef fectiveness of the head restraints headrests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision Pull the armrest down until it rests on the seat cushion Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 LRS2000 The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints headrests A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint E Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest if applicable
468. s Please refer to www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for compatibility information as well as your device s Own er s manual The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface Sending a text message 1 Press the F wheel button on the steering 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Send Text after the tone 4 The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from the following To a name Enter Number Missed Calls Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls For additional information about these op tions refer to Voice commands in this sec tion 4 110 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Nine predefined messages are available as well as three custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following after the tone Driving can t text Call me On my way Running late Okay Yes No Where are you When e Custom Messages To send one of the custom messages say Custom Messages If more than one cus tom message is stored the system will prompt for the number of the desired cus tom message For additional information on setting and managing custom text mes
469. s a battery saver feature that will turn the ignition switch to the OFF position if the vehicle is not running after some time under the follow ing conditions All doors are closed Shift lever is in P Park 5 10 Starting and driving The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any of the following occur Any door is opened Shift lever is moved out of the P Park position Ignition switch changes position A CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an extended pe riod This can discharge the battery OFF The ignition switch is in the OFF position when the engine is turned off using the ignition switch No lights will illuminate on the ignition switch EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch three consecutive times in less than 1 5 sec onds or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds SSD0860 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key is discharged or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation start the engine according to the following procedure 1 Place the shift lever in the P Park position 2 Firmly apply the foot brake 3 Touch the ignition
470. s aid Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MPS WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there next song when playing will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order Music cuts off or skips 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port if so equipped AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB po
471. s alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals 909 d LPD2129 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY To lock or unlock the vehicle turn the key as shown Manual To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle To unlock turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle 2 ORG o zo M LPD0461 Power The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front 1 of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors Opening and closing windows if so equipped The driver s door key operation allows you to open and close windows equipped with auto matic operation at the same time To open the windows turn the driver s door key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is unlocked To close the windows turn the driver s door key toward the front of the vehicle for longer
472. s and then turns off This indicates the ABS is opera tional If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance For additional information refer to Brake system in the Starting and driving section of this manual Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems BRAKE or Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary For additional information re fer to Brake fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer A WARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could
473. s and controls 2 53 LIC2366 3 Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button and observe the indica tor light e if the indicator light t is solid continuous programming is complete and your device should acti vate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released If the indicator light D blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a solid continuous light continue with Steps 4 6 for a rolling code device A second person may make the following steps easier Use a ladder or other device 2 54 Instruments and controls Do not stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage locate the learn or smart button the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit If there is difficulty locating the button reference the garage door opener s manual Press and release the learn or smart but ton Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the trained HomeLink button for 2 seconds and release Repeat the press hold release sequence up to three times to complete the training process HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device If you have any questions or are having diffi culty programming your HomeLink but tons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1
474. s for installation All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child re straints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle LRS2165 LATCH system anchor locations LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compat ible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the com bined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating posi tions only Do not attempt to install a child re straint in the center position using the LATCH anchors LATCH lower anchor AA WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper
475. s just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manu facturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information 2 56 Instruments and controls FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause unde sired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments KoyS i root rd hd ke n doe dados NISSAN Intelligent Key amp 0 00 NISSAN
476. s mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warn ing light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 mph 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly Instruments and controls 2 13 Master warning light When the ignition is in the ON position the master warning light illuminates if any of the fol lowing are displayed on the vehicle information display No key warning Low fuel warning Low windshield washer fluid warning Parking brake release warning Door trunk open warning Loose fuel cap Check tire pressure warning PS Power steering warning light A WARNING e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate 2 14 Instruments and controls When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no po
477. s of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Technical and consumer information 9 17 AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 18 Technical and consumer information AWAR
478. s required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in a collision or sudden stop This can also result in the passen ger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF For additional information about proper use and installation refer to Child restraints in this section If the front passenger seat is not occupied the front passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the Seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the front passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated indi cating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the front passenger
479. s section INFORMATION VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the information functions of the Navigation Sys tem e Traffic Fuel Prices Stocks Movie Listings Current Weather Weather Map 5 day Forecast 6 hour Forecast For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual MY APPS VOICE COMMANDS Many Apps can be accessed using this voice command For additional information refer to NissanConnect M Mobile Apps in this section HELP VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands can be spoken to have the system provide instructions and tips for using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system List Commands What Can Say General Help Quit Exit Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 117 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved The system responds Command Not 1 Ensure that the command format is valid Use the List Commands or What Can Say command under the Help menu Recognized or the system fails to rec 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level ognize the comm
480. s splashing water mist or fog The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sensors Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist the system will resume automatically LSD2136 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The sonar sensors amp and are located on the rear bumper Always keep the area near the sonar sensors clean The sonar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water mist or fog The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sensors Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the sonar sensors Do not attach stickers including transparent ma terial install accessories or apply additional paint near the sonar sensors Do not strike or damage the area around the sonar sensors It is recommended you consult a NISSAN dealer if the area around the sonar sen sors is damaged due to a collision COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry function on the Intelligent Key ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional in
481. s the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system For additional infor mation refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 39 POWER OUTLETS LIC3345 Instrument Panel The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones They are rated at 12 volt 120W 10A maximum The power outlets are powered only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Open the lower half of the console box to access the power outlet For additional information refer to Console box in this section 2 40 Instruments and controls PE LIC2616 Center Console A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter For additional infor mation see a NISSAN dealer Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory
482. s your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed The ICC system then maintains the set speed When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is in operation the system controls the distance to that vehicle When a vehicle is no longer detected under approximately 15 mph 24 km h the system will be canceled Starting and driving 5 43 LSD2542 _ 60 amp mih LSD2539 When passing another vehicle the set speed indicator will flash when the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed The vehicle detect indi cator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open When the pedal is released the vehicle will return to the previously set speed Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system you can depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly 5 44 Starting and driving System set display with vehicle ahead 2 System set display without vehicle ahead How to change the set vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use one of the following methods Push the CANCEL switch The set vehicle speed indicator will go out Tap the brake pedal The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Turn the CRUISE amp switch off The ICC indicators will go out To reset at a faster cruising
483. se the night position 1 to reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position 2 when driving in daylight hours A WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clarity AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally dims during night time conditions and ac cording to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position The indicator light will illuminate when the auto matic anti glare feature is operating NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors D or apply glass cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 37 ofe le WPD0446 Type A if so equipped Type A if so equipped Type B if so equipped and Type C if so equipped The indicator light 2 will illuminate when the automatic anti glare feature is operating To turn off the automatic anti glare feature press the button for inside mirrors without compass and without HomeLink Universal Transceiver the O button for inside mirrors without compass e the button for inside mirrors with compass 3 38 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD0469 Type
484. seconds once more The hazard indicator lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning is displayed in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or a warning is displayed be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key For additional information refer to Troubleshoot ing guide in this section and Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle the vehicle system may respond differently than expected The Shift to Park warning appears in the Move the shift lever to the P Park position When stopping the engine display and the inside warning chime The shift lever is not in the P Park position sounds continuously The Door Open warning appears in the dis play and the inside warning chime sounds The ignition switch is in the ACC position continuously
485. sed amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent AWARNING Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine antifreeze coolant for windshield washer fluid This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened Ifthe vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume bat
486. service The OCS should be checked even if no air bags deploy as a result of the impact Failure to verify proper OCS function may result in an improper air bag deployment resulting in injury or death 1 60 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 61 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel 2 2 rrr Rm men 2 2 Meters and gauges 2i ene es 2 3 Speedometer and odometer iussisse 2 4 Tach Otmeter occ bera oe tera ote i Rees 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 F elga ge eee anne bb ten E Sembra 2 6 Compass if so equipped noae 66 cece eee eee eee 2 7 Compass display ect repe tek Re 2 7 Warning lights indicator lights and audible reminders oe wesw overs b tx xn kr kae mue 2 10 Checking lights ss irr dvor Rex E ROTER 2 10 Warning lights isc onm be peser nid tian was 2 11 indicator NIGHTS cai es oorr ER ord ch rtd rasa 2 15 Audible reminders e en 2 17 Vehicle Information Display 0 0 00 2 17 How to use the vehicle information display 2 18 Staitup display s c reb Ree 2 18 Resetting the trip computer 000008 2 19 Settings cade Rarnageeseadada wens B std vee 2 19 Vehicle information display warnings and indicato oiean e debut hicepesa Eee pads 2 25 Security Syste S svecps estos perpe RPRE S ER Eai 2 29 Vehicle security system
487. sification sensor in this vehicle is a weight sensor It is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System is de 1 51 signed to turn the front passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the front passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cushion for example by not sitting up right by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints a
488. sing or fast forward ing When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed lt lt Ppl SEEK TRACK button Press the M4 SEEK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the M4 SEEK button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the 9M TRACK button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the gt TRACK button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played TUNE FOLDER knob MP3 WMA CD only If an MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RDM random butto
489. sing or fast forwarding When the but ton is released the audio file returns to normal play speed SEEK CAT or TRACK buttons x gt i Press the M4 SEEK button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the M4 SEEK button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the 9 CAT or TRACK button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to ad vance one track Press the PM CAT or TRACK button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played RDM random button When the RDM button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows All Random 1 Folder Random OFF All Random all tracks on the USB device will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the curr
490. splay in this section Front fog light indicator light if so equipped The front fog light indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are ON For additional infor mation refer to Fog light switch in this section X Front passenger air bag status 2 light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For additional information refer to Front passen ger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sys tem section of this manual EO High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The MIL may also come on steagy if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the C light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If
491. ssembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Removing or modifying the front pas senger seat may affect the function of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury e Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper Operation of the occupant classification sensor weight sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55 e Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unau thorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on
492. st 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the en gine running for a minimum of two to three minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start 5 To stop the engine shift the shift lever to the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health REMOTE START if so equipped Vehicles started with the remote start require the ignition switch to be placed in the ON position before the shift lever can be moved from the P Park position To place the ignition switch to the ON position follow these steps 1 Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on you 2 Apply the brake 3 Push the ignition switch once to the ON position For additional information refer to NISSAN In telligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section
493. streaming audio without Navigation System if so equipped Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation SySIemic doses dew cras etos pg E EORR dS CD care and cleaning lseeessesuss Steering wheel switch for audio control Antenna REPE RUD A Ru ERE NissanConnect Mobile Apps if so equipped Registering with NissanConnect M Mobile ADDS sive iie hup ME NER RE ME Eu wae Rena dra Ro Connect Phone esses eese Application Download cles eese Siri Eyes Free if so equipped sue Requirements eee e RR bh deis Siri Activation so checa Lx ER REX RE PV 4 77 Operating Siri amp Eyes Free lsesuuuuueu 4 77 Troubleshooting guide eere 4 78 Car phone or CB radio 0 0 eee eee ee 4 79 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System Type A if so equipped 4 79 Regulatory Information 0 0 c cee e eee 4 81 Using the system seis er cenieni 4 81 Control buttons 2ececroker Ep pE EIU 4 84 Getting Started sie crtetestxece E headin ated 4 84 List of voice Commands sees 4 86 Voice Adaptation VA mode ee eee ee 4 91 Manual control roris ree Re eee cess 4 92 Troubleshooting guide 0 0 cece eee 4 93 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System Type B if so equipped 4 94 Regulatory Information cece eee eee 4 95 USING the syst
494. such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones For additional information refer to Trouble shooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for troubleshoot ing help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise For additional information refer to the cellu lar phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modific
495. system chimes once and the side BSW RCTA indicator light flashes on the side the vehicle is approaching from Starting and driving 5 29 LSD2216 LSD2475 The RCTA system uses radar sensors 1 in stalled on both sides near the rear bumper to detect an approaching vehicle The radar sensors 1 can detect an approaching vehicle from up to approximately 66 ft 20 m away 5 30 Starting and driving HOW TO ENABLE DISABLE THE RCTA SYSTEM Perform the following steps to enable or disable the RCTA system 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display and then press ENTER Use the v button to select Driver Assistance Then press the ENTER button 2 Select Blind Spot and press the ENTER button When the RCTA system is turned on the BSW RCTA indicator white in the vehicle infor mation display illuminates NOTE The RCTA system is integrated into the BSW system There is not a separate selec tion in the vehicle information display for the RCTA system When the BSW is disabled the RCTA system is also disabled When enabling disabling the system the System setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted LSD2477 Starting and driving 5 31 ef com LSD2173 RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS 5 32 Starting and driving AWARNING Listed below are the system limitations for th
496. t Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2571 Manual front seat shown if so equipped Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat For additional information refer to Seats in this section 1 15 e Power front seat shown if so equipped 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2662 LRS2674 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot b
497. t disc CD playet sinia mos cem os e eon eg 4 35 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD payer ss 4 39 4 43 4 48 4 54 FM radio reception s 4 27 iPod Player ss 4 65 4 67 iPod player operation 4 65 4 67 Radio a ek gu ew Nd RR oe 4 27 USB interface 4 60 4 62 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection POM in Rex wu Be ee ee 4 60 4 62 Autolight switch 2 ee ee 2 34 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 48 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 37 Automatic door locks sss 3 6 AUX jack o orn 4 38 4 60 B Battery otc Mae ae hae ee oS 5 83 8 17 Charge warning light 2 11 Battery replacement Key fob La sons RR Ep E ES 8 27 NISSAN Intelligent Key 8 28 Before startingthe engine 5 5 11 Belt See drive belt 8 20 Blind Spot Warning BSW warning SV SUS MIN cosh neath e Se ty lista E gs oe 5 19 Block heater ENQING sack be 3 cx xy oe xd 5 84 Bluetooth audio 4 70 4 71 Bluetooth hands free phone SYSTEM gs oig aer seien 4 79 4 94 4 105 Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System nae e ea r eoa d 4 71 Booster Seals i senere uL ps 1 38 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 74 Brake fl idi 2 2 sc mem e 8 16 Brake light See stop light 8 31 Brake system 2 lesse 5 73 Brake warning light 2 11 Brake wear indicators
498. t flashes and no chime sounds For additional information refer to BSW driving situations in this section The BSW system automatically turns on every time the engine is started as long as it is acti vated using the settings menu on the vehicle information display LSD2477 Starting and driving 5 21 HOW TO ENABLE DISABLE THE BSW SYSTEM Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BSW system 1 Press the button until Settings dis plays in the vehicle information display and then press ENTER Use the v button to select Driver Assistance Then press the ENTER button 2 Select Blind Spot and press the ENTER button NOTE When enabling disabling the system the system will retain current settings even if the engine is restarted The RCTA system if so equipped is inte grated into the BSW system There is not a separate selection in the vehicle information display for the RCTA system When the BSW is disabled the RCTA system is also disabled 5 22 Starting and driving BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS A WARNING Listed below are the system limitations for the BSW system Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death e The BSW system cannot detect all ve hicles under all conditions The radar sensors may not be able to detect and activate BSW when certain objects are present such as
499. t the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information regard ing brake inspections refer to the appropriate maintenance schedule information in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide FUSES LDI2385 LDI2133 If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse Fuses are used in the passenger and engine compartment Spare fuses are provided and can be found in the passenger compartment fuse box When installing a fuse make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely ENGINE COMPARTMENT A WARNING Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself E LDI0456 y LDI2869 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse B 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical sys
500. t vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found in this section Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position wi
501. t you have to the NISSAN dealer A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key a NISSAN dealer can duplicate it ACAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry e Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the
502. tance to empty and journey time SETTINGS The setting mode allows you to change the infor mation displayed in the vehicle information dis play Driver Assistance if so equipped Vehicle Settings e Main Menu Selection Body Color Maintenance Alarms Language e Unit Welcome Effects Factory Reset Driver Assistance if so equipped The driver assistance menu allows the user to change the settings for driving parking and brak ing aids Driving Aids if so equipped Starting and driving section of this manual Parking Aids if so equipped Displays available Parking Aids Display ows user to turn the parking aids display ON OFF Allows user to set the parking sensor chime volume to Low Med High Allows the user to set the parking sensor range to Near Mid Far Emergency Braking if so equipped Displays available Emergency Braking options ee Allows user to turn the Emergency Braking system ON OFF For additional information refer to Foward Emergency Braking FEB if so equipped in the Starting and driving section of this manual Displays available Driving Aids Blind Spot BSW Allows user to turn Blind Spot Warning BSW ON OFF For additional information refer to Blind Spot Warning BSW in the Emergency Braking FEB if so equipped in the Starting and driving section of this manual Allows user to turn the parking sensors ON OFF o
503. tch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 mph 13 km h below the set speed you move the shift lever to N Neutral To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 mph 1 6 km h Starting and driving 5 37 To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 mph 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 mph 40 km h To turn off the cruise control use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button Tap the brake pedal Push the ON OFF switch off The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel goes out 5 38 Star
504. te audio phone and voice recognition systems 9 CAMERA button 10 NAV button For additional information regarding the Naviga tion system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For additional information regarding the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System control button refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System if so equipped in this section When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE THE TOUCH SCREEN A CAUTION The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available
505. ted to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Setting Bluetooth Bass Gio Treble Goo Balance L Goo R Fade R F LHA2775 Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the ENTER SETTING button 2 Select the Bluetooth key 3 Select the Add Phone or Device key This same screen can be accessed to remove replace or select a different Bluetooth de vice 4 The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model For additional information refer to the cellular phone Own ers Manual You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the MEDIA button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen Use the Preset 3 button for play and the Preset 4 button for pause BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to
506. tem checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts PASSENGER COMPARTMENT A WARNING Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Besure the ignition switch and the headlight Switch are in the OFF position 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove BATTERY REPLACEMENT A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts LDI2827 LDI2760 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 4 If the fuse is open B replace it with an equivalent good fuse C 5 Push the fuse box cover to install 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 LDI2001 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY amp Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol lows 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace
507. tems LHA0049 CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated LHA2266 STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL 1 SOURCE switch 2 v Menu control switch ENTER button 3 2 back switch 4 Volume control switch SOURCE switch With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posi tion push the SOURCE switch to turn the audio System on Push the source select switch to change the mode in the following sequence AM FM1 FM2 if so equipped SXM1 if so equipped SXM2 if so equipped SXM3 if so equipped CD USB iPod if so equipped Bluetooth Audio if so equipped AUX AM These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device or connected to the system Volume control switch Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume v A Menu control switch ENTER button
508. ters 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer LPD2073 OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 1 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key system s operat ing range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 1 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors WPD0375 DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli gent Key is outsid
509. tery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 AWARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames an electrical spark or a cigarette Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or injury After touch ing a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself e Keep battery out of the reach of children Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level WDIO0224 1 Remove the vent
510. than 1 second after the door is locked Windows stop when the key cylinder is released LPD2092 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 LPD2093 Door lock switch LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position 1 When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments Lockout protection When the power door lock switch is moved to the lock position and any door is open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle and any door open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 mph 24 km h All doors unlock automatically when the ig nition is placed in the OFF position
511. that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS AA WARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision injury or death e NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your ve hicle model For additional information contact a NISSAN dealer Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid For additional information refer to Floor mat positioning aid in this section The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be main tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn n LAIO009 Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes two driver s side front floor mat brackets and one passenger s s
512. the respective times of day while Auto controls the display automatically Ad just the mode for the clock Auto uses the system s GPS to automatically maintain the time Manual allows you to set the ck using the Set Clock Manually key just the clock manually Touch the or st be set to manual for this option to be available ra keys to adjust the hours minutes day month and year up or down Clock Mode 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Temperature Unit Touch this key to change the temperature unit being displayed Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Unit touched System Beeps Toggle the system beep tones feature on or off When activated a beep sound will be heard when a pop up message appears on pu the screen or a button on the unit such as the XH button is pressed and held for 2 seconds Touch this key to display software licensing information Touch this key to turn ON or OFF the SDS Prompt Reduction Touch this key to display software version information Touch this key to display traffic settings For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Touch this key to start SiriusXM radio For additional information refer to Audio system in this section 12 BUTTON To change the display brightness press the 4 2 button Pressing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display Press and h
513. the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage 2 Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioners may not function properly For addi tional details refer to Supplemental Restraint System SRS in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS For additional information refer to Vehicle infor mation di
514. the P TRACK button Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly muted 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play MEDIA button With a CD loaded press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward button lt lt gt i Press and hold the 4 SEEK button or PP TRACK button for 1 5 seconds while the com pact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while rever
515. the air bag system A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could af fectthe function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual a ie LRS0259 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity impact They 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in cer tain side collisions Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near roll overs As a result certain vehicle movements for example during severe off roading may cause the curtain air
516. ther devices FCC Notice For USA This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH LICO474 o 9 O F 39 WIC2748 Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the OFF LOCK or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visitin
517. ther countries Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly AniPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation Anincorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may mo mentarily black out but will soon recover Ifan iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 Bluetooth streaming audio if so equipped Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be recognized by the in vehicle audio system It is necessary to set up the wireless con nection between a compatible Bluetooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Bluetooth audio Operating procedure of the Bluetooth au dio will vary depending on the devices Make sure how to operate your audio
518. thout applying any brakes Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the lock knobs hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check t
519. ting and driving INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC if so equipped AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use of the ICC system could result in serious injury or death e ICC is nota collision avoidance or warn ing technology It is the driver s respon sibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times e Always observe posted speed limits and do not set the speed over them Always drive carefully and attentively when using the ICC system Read and understand the Owner s Manual thor oughly before using the ICC system To avoid serious injury or death do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle s speed in emer gency situations Do not use the ICC system except in appropriate road and traffic conditions LSD2479 The ICC system is intended to enhance the op eration of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction The ICC system uses a radar sensor 1 located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles traveling ahead If the radar sensor detects a slower moving ve hicle ahead the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance The detection range of the sensor is approxi mately 390ft 120 m ahead LSD2480 ICC SYSTEM OPERATION The ICC system maintains a selected distance from the vehi
520. ting and driving indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the indicator will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to ON when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position then back to the ON position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction A WARNING The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab Sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the indicator may flash or the 8 indicator light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate p
521. tion dis play when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP RESET switch on the right of the instrument panel to change the display as follows A B A Trip Trip Trip Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP RESET switch for more than 1 second resets the currently displayed trip odometer to zero Average fuel economy and distance to empty information is also available For additional infor mation refer to Vehicle information display in this section LIC2219 LIC2220 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce en gine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range 1 when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions Instruments and controls 2 5 ACAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera
522. tion is required for iPod mode turn direction guidance from iPhone amp Cannot receive text message Check if Send Notifications is enabled on your iPhone On the phone go to Settings gt Bluetooth Find the device name like My Juke Press the notifications on audio head info button Turn on Show Notifications unit Cannot reply to text mes After receiving an incoming text message follow on screen guidance Press the switch on the steering wheel for Siri After Siri starts say Text sage notifications by Siri Message 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your vehicle be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts A WARNING Acellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode is highly recommended Exercise extreme cau tion at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION
523. tion response for the speaker For additional information refer to Voice Adaptation VA mode in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command For additional information refer to Phonebook in this section 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Type B if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine microphone location Bluetooth LHA3127 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems make or receive a hands free
524. tional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rota tion speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from lock ing the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spin ning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles AWARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally
525. tions Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM or FM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play A SEEK and TRACK Fast Forward Rewind buttons When the SEEK button 4 or TRACK Y button is pressed while the compact disc is play ing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed A v
526. tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless 2 The word radial W The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or
527. to control where incoming call notifications are displayed in the vehicle Say Driver Only to have call notifi cations shown on the vehicle information display only Say Both to have call notifications shown on both the vehicle information display and the center audio display To turn the feature back on say Phonebook Download When the command is recognized Sync Contacts ON will appear on the audio display VOICE ADAPTATION VA MODE Voice Adaptation VA allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve rec ognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different VA model for each connected phone Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park Press and hold the C4 button for more than 5 seconds The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 46 button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END button to select a different lan guage Press the C4 button For additional information on selecting a dif ferent language refer to Choosing a lan guage in this section Voice memo
528. to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change 6 6 In case of emergency Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move ANN Pe b As NE OF Raise the by hand te vehicle LCE0020 WCE0056 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Carefully read the caution labe
529. to start the engine The operating range of the engine start function is inside of the vehicle 1 The luggage area is not included in the op erating range but the Intelligent Key may function e If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru ment panel inside the glove box storage bin or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key The ignition switch will lock when any door is opened or closed with the ignition switched off Starting and driving 5 9 ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ACC has a battery saver feature that will turn the ignition switch to the OFF position after a period of time under the following conditions All doors are closed Shift lever is in P Park The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any of the following occur Any door is opened Shift lever is moved out of P Park Ignition switch changes position ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories ON ha
530. to warn the driver properly Be sure that you check clean and clear the sensor area regularly Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the chime may not be heard Starting and driving 5 65 LSD2266 Illustration C 5 66 Starting and driving LSD2313 Illustration D Starting and driving 5 67 LSD2488 5 68 Starting and driving SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE Condition A When the radar sensor picks up interference from another radar source making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the PFCW system is automatically turned off The FEB system warning light orange will illu minate Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist the PFCW system will resume automatically Condition B When the sensor area of the front bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed making it im possible to detect a vehicle ahead the PFCW system is automatically turned off The FEB system warning light orange will illu minate and the front radar obstruction warning message will appear in the vehicle information display Action to take If the warning light orange comes on stop the vehicle in a safe place place the shift lever in the P Park position and turn the engine off Clean the radar cover on the lower grille with a soft cloth and restart the engine If the warning light continues to illuminate have the PFCW system ch
531. ton is pressed for less than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played When the M4 SEEK CAT button or Ph TRACK button is pressed for more than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat All Repeat Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated All Repeat all songs in the current list are re peated Repeat Off no repeat play pattern is applied RANDOM RDM When the RDM button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Shuffle Off Track Shuffle Album Shuffle Shuffle Off Track Shuffle the tracks in the current list will be played randomly Album Shuffle the albums in the current list will be played randomly Shuffle Off no random play pattern is applied gt BACK button When the D BACK button is pressed it re turns to the previous menu LHA3077 iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If
532. topping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 Bluetooth microphone location LHA3081 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically reconnected with the in vehicle 4 106 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to five different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phon
533. tor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 Compact disc with MP3 or WMA Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called
534. try of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box For additional in formation refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer fluid or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer fluid or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper install new windshield wiper blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision LDI2757 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn To replace the windshield wiper blades follow the procedure below Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Push the release tab B Move the wiper blade down and remove 5 wm Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place 5 Push wiper on to windshield Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 ACAUTION After wiper bl
535. ts illuminate when the driver and passenger doors are opened regard less of the interior light switch position These lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Zl lils TA D LIC2303 LIC2304 CONSOLE LIGHT The console light will turn on whenever the park ing lights or headlights are illuminated The console light brightness can be adjusted with the illumination brightness control in the vehicle information display MAP LIGHTS To turn the map lights on push the switches To turn them off push the switches again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Instruments and controls 2 51 LIC1083 PERSONAL LIGHTS To turn the rear personal lights on push the switch To turn them off push the switch again 2 52 Instruments and controls TRUNK LIGHT The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light goes off For additional information refer to Exterior and interior lights in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides
536. turn the air conditioner off For additional information refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air recirculation button should always be in the OFF posi tion for heating and defrosting Defrosting Defogging Air flow mode control buttons Fan speed control dial E Air passed through heater core Temperature control dial MAX A C button Front defroster Rear Air recirculation button defroster button switch Fan _ Air Temp recirculation control button control urns an p matica indicator iy HOT or may not RIGHT turn on Air flow control 87 Bi level Heating Air passed through heater core Temperature control dial MAX A C button Air flow mode control buttons Fan speed control dial A C button Front defroster Rear Air recirculation button defroster button switch Air Fan recirculation A C Tenp control button button control HOT Rel RIGHT HA3 88 Air flow control Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 Heating 4 Air passed core Temperature control dial MAX A C button Air flow mode control buttons Fan speed control dial A C button Front defroster Rear Air recirculation button defroster button switch
537. unlock the door All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within one minute after pushing the request switch Opening any door Pushing the ignition switch The interior light timer illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light Switch is in the DOOR position The interior light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote control Switching the room light switch to the OFF position LPD2077 Opening the trunk lid To open the trunk lid unlock all doors and per form the following 1 Push the trunk opener request switch for more than 1 second while carrying the Intel ligent Key with you 2 The trunk will unlatch A chime will sound four times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key When all doors are locked and the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk will open HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless funct
538. ure 2 12 warning light 14 Master warning light 2 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light pa Malfunction Indica 2 15 tor Light MIL 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Nro m UEM 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment if so equipped siissiperurRRuSbpEeRP IIE Ca ROUES 1 3 Front power seat adjustment if so equipped rerien Ost everest eT LEER REESE 1 4 Foldingrear seat edd ek x Ee hme 1 6 Center armrest verdir oti kin CE eee ees 1 7 Head restraints headrests 0c c cece eee eae 1 7 Adjustable head restraint headrest COmpOHents a detain ed haee ende pa tee paced ate 1 8 Non adjustable head restraint headrest components rosset eaa a rs Re hdd 1 9 Remove iiseellsseciidck i eeedee dud xenon 1 9 Install eine ppt s usados eS aye 1 10 AQIUSE s ace nesta dated suennya daiwa 1 10 Seat belts cunc eEE Ed per re ER ems 1 12 Precautions on seat belt usage suus 1 12 Seat belt warning light 000 1 14 Pregnant women ssss enn 1 15 Injured persoris ebbe sere te pepe 1 15 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 15 Seat belt extenders 0 2 2 eee ae 1 18 Seat belt maintenance 000 Child safety eee tT e beth REPRE trs wae Infants iscucccRecepiefet te eibi 335v bv P ES Small Childreniig ehm e etre ve Larger children
539. ure can be used again CANCELING A REMOTE START To cancel a remote start perform one of the following Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle and press Q until the parking lights turn off Turn on the hazard warning flashers Cycle the ignition switch ON and then OFF The extended engine run time has expired The first 10 minute timer has expired The engine hood has been opened The shift lever is moved out of park The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle The ignition switch is pushed without an Intelligent Key in the vehicle The ignition switch is pushed with an Intelli gent Key in the vehicle but the brake pedal is not depressed CONDITIONS THE REMOTE START WILL NOT WORK The remote start will not operate if any of the following conditions are present The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition The hood is not securely closed The hazard indicator lights are on The engine is still running The engine must be completely stopped Wait at least 6 sec onds if the engine goes from running to off This is not applicable when extending en gine run time The remote start button Q isnot pressed and held for at least 2 seconds The remote start button Q is not pressed and held within 5 seconds of pressing the lock button Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 The brake is pressed The doors are not closed and locked The trunk or back door is open
540. use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor age and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision WRS0796 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is at tached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0661 LAT
541. use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer for assistance Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 AIR CLEANER LDI2117 QR25DE NOTE The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace the air cleaner filter according to the maintenance log shown in the Warranty Informa tion and Maintenance Booklet To remove the air cleaner filter Unlatch the clips and move the air cleaner cover upward Remove the air cleaner filter 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI2118 VO35DE Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter hous ing and the cover with a damp cloth NOTE After installing a new air cleaner make sure the air cleaner cover is seated in the housing and latch the clips WARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER if so equipped The in cabin microfilter restricts the en
542. utral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or de tergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen HOW TO USE THE 5 BACK BUTTON Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen APPS INFORMATION e E SiriusXM Traffic SiriusXM My Apps Travel Link y APP ej 9 a Voice Settings NissanConnect Commands n9 Services LHA3711 4 SETTINGS Audio Navigation System ej Phone amp Traffic SXM Bluetooth LHA3712 HOW TO USE THE ssm BUTTON For additional information about the SiriusXM Travel Link and Traffic features refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For additional information about the My Apps key refer to NissanConnect M Mobile Apps in this section For additional information about the Voice Com mands key refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section To select and or adjust several functions fea tures and modes that are available for your ve hicle 1 Press the asm _ button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the desired item Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 po Memitm Res Brightness Display Mode Scroll Direction Time Format Clock Mode Set Clock Manually Daylight Savings Time justs to fit the level of lighting in the vehicle Touch key to cycle through options Day and Night modes are suited for
543. utton to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle The air recirculation cannot be activated when the air conditioner is inthe Xt front defogging mode Fresh air intake Press the amp fresh air intake button to draw outside air into the passenger compartment Air flow control Pressing the MODE button manually controls air flow and selects the air outlet Air flows from center and side vents 74 Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets s Air flows mainly from foot outlets Air flows from defroster and foot outlets To turn system off Press the ON OFF button OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems LHA1136 The sunload sensor located on the top driver s side of the instrument panel helps the system maintain a constant temperature Do not put any thing on or around this sensor SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment a
544. vation Switch action can also be changed from the Bluetooth setting menu For additional informa tion refer to Bluetooth settings in this section OPERATING SIRI EYES FREE After starting Siri amp the user may push E switch on the steering wheel again within 5 sec onds of the end of Siri announcement to extend the session 1 Push or push and hold the A switch on the steering wheel 2 Speak your command and then listen to Siri to reply Example 1 Playing music 1 Push or push and hold the A switch on the steering wheel 2 Say Play lt music gt for example Play The Smiths 3 Your vehicle will automatically change to Bluetooth Audio or iPod mode when the music starts playing Example 2 Replying to text messages 1 If a compatible iPhone is connected and Show Notifications on the iPhone settings is enabled the vehicle will display a notifica tion for new incoming text messages After reading the message push or push and hold the 4 switch to reply by Siri After the Siri beep say Text message or a similar command to reply to Siri Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the Apple iPhone is connected by Bluetooth Check if Siri is enabled on the device On your phone go to Settings gt General gt Siri Cannot access Siri from Confirm Siri c
545. vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB connection port on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th Generation firmware version 1 3 0 or later iPod Classic 6th Generation firmware version 2 0 1 or later iPod Classic 7th Generation firmware version 2 0 4 or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 iPod nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 2 or later iPod nano 6th generation firmware ver sion 1 1 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware version 4 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver Sion 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later minimum iOS 5 0 required for smartphone integration iPhone 3G firmware version 4 2 1 or later iPhone
546. vents will occur when the engine starts The parking lights will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running The doors will be locked and the climate control system may come on The engine will continue to run for 10 min utes Repeat the steps to extend the time for an additional 10 minutes For additional in formation refer to Extending engine run time in this section Depress and hold the brake then press the push button ignition switch to the ON position before driving For additional information refer to Driv ing the vehicle in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME The remote start feature can be extended one time by performing the steps listed in Remote starting the vehicle in this section Run time will be calculated as follows The first 10 minute run time will start when the remote start function is performed The second 10 minutes will start immedi ately when the remote start function is per formed again For example if the engine has been running for 5 minutes and 10 minutes are added the engine will run for a total of 15 minutes Extending engine run time will bring you to the two remote start limit A maximum of two remote starts or a single start with an extension are allowed between ignition cycles The ignition switch must be cycled to the ON position and then back to the OFF position before the remote start proced
547. w outlets MAX Air flows from center and side A C vents with maximum cooling 7 Air flows from center and side vents 4 Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets XU Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Air recirculation button On position Indicator light on Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle Press the C button to the ON position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner Off position Indicator light off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compart ment and distributed through the selected outlet Use the off position for normal heater or air con ditioner operation Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the 4 C button to turn on the air conditioner To turn off the air conditioner press the A C button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition syste
548. wer assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be much harder to operate Have the power steer ing system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the ignition switch is in the ON position the power steering warning light illuminates After starting the engine the power steering warning light turns off This indicates that the electric power steering system is operational If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the hydraulic pump electric power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to Power steering in the Starting and driving section of this manual Kh Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in
549. when the ignition is turned off IGN Off or the shift lever is placed in P park position Shift to P Answer Back Horn Allows user to turn Answer Back Horn ON OFF When turned on the horn will chirp and the hazard indicators will flash once when locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key Remote Start if so equipped Allows user to turn the Remote Start if so equipped ON OFF When turned on the engine can be restarted remotely For additional information refer to Remote engine start if so equipped in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Battery Saver Allows user to turn the Battery Saver ON OFF When turned on the battery saver automatically turns off the ignition after a period of time when the ignition switch is left in the ACC or ON position 2 20 Instruments and controls Main Menu Selection The main menu selection menu allows the user to customize the information that appears in the vehicle information display Tire Pressures Allows user to turn the Tire Pressures display ON OFF Trip Computer Allows user to turn the Trip Computer display ON OFF Al Audio Navigation Fso quipped Driver Assistance so equipped Fuel Economy Body Color The body color menu allows the user to custom ize the information that appears in the vehicle information display Body Color Allows user to select the color of the vehicle that appears in the vehicle information display Instruments and contro
550. while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper ate the navigation system A WARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving e Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 f SETTINGS Audio System Navigation Phone amp Traffic Bluetooth LHA3712 Touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select To select the Audio key touch the Audio key on the screen Press the BACK button to re turn to the previous screen Adjusting the item Touch the key or the key to adjust the settings of an item Touch the up arrow to scroll up the page one item at a time oe EE Touch the down arrow to scroll down the page one item at a time Inputting characters Touch the letter or number key There are some options available when inputting characters 123 ABC Changes the available character set to numbers Inserts a space Deletes the last inputted character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters Completes the character input 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of ne
551. y if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for a period of time If another door is opened while the headlights are on then the timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF Pd or O position WHA1170 Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor located in the top side of the instrument panel The autolight sensor controls the autolight if it is covered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the key in the ON position your vehicle s battery could become discharged LIC3192 Headlight beam select To select the high beam function ensure the low beams are engaged and push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the blue O indicator light illuminates Pull the lever back to return to the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off The low beams need not be engaged for this func tion Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the gt 4 or 2 position the headlights will turn off after a period of time A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light swit
552. y damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action dam age to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be ad versely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress WDIO0258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 5 000 miles 8 000 km For additional information on tire replac ing procedures refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval A WARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure e Ret
553. y depress the foot brake 2 To release Move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it will release Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out AWARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems do not leave children people who require the assis tance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle Additionally the tempera ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a Significant risk of injury or death to people and pets BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW if so equipped AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use of the BSW system could result in serious injury or death e The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with ve hicles or objects When changing lanes always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes Never rely solely on the BSW system The BSW system helps alert the dr
554. y not cause harmful in terference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation FCC Warning Changes or modification not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment Starting and driving 5 69 For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice 5 70 Starting and driving BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these rec ommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 RPM Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 mi 805 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve th
555. y not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor age and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle e When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con
556. y your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward Never tow your front whe
557. yed Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the iPod When the repeat mode is active it will ap pear on the screen To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until it is not displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 gt P SEEK TRACK buttons lt lt Press the M4 SEEK button or PP TRACK button to skip backward or forward one track Press and hold the M4 SEEK button or Pl TRACK button for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the but ton is released the track returns to normal play speed LHA2279 Scrolling menus While navigating long lists of artists albums or songs in the music menu it is possible to scroll the list by the first character in the name To activate character indexing touch and hold the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to choose the number or letter to jump to in the list and then press the ENTER AUDIO button If no character is selected after two seconds the display returns to normal 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connec
558. you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always properly use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor weight sensor that turns the front pas senger air bag OFF under some condi tions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 Sit upright and well back ARS1133 ARS1041 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system

2016 Nissan Altima Sedan

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents